326d, 328d, and 332dskid steer loader - john deere manual · 326d,328d,and332d skidsteerloader...

176
326D, 328D, and 332D Skid Steer Loader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'S MANUAL 326D, 328D, and 332D Skid Steer Loader OMT253018 ISSUE G3 (ENGLISH) CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm. If this product contains a gasoline engine: WARNING The engine exhaust from this product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. The State of California requires the above two warnings. Additional Proposition 65 Warnings can be found in this manual. Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division LITHO IN U.S.A.

Upload: others

Post on 24-May-2020

4 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader

*OMT253018*

OPERATOR'S MANUAL326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader

OMT253018 ISSUE G3 (ENGLISH)

CALIFORNIAProposition 65 Warning

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituentsare known to the State of California to cause cancer,

birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

If this product contains a gasoline engine:

WARNING

The engine exhaust from this product containschemicals known to the State of California to causecancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm.

The State of California requires the above two warnings.

Additional Proposition 65 Warnings can be found in this manual.

Worldwide ConstructionAnd Forestry Division

LITHO IN U.S.A.

Page 2: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

DX,IFC7 -19-03APR09-1/1

VD76477,000104D -19-27JUN12-1/1

CP00612,0000602 -19-05DEC12-1/1

Foreword

READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operateand service your machine correctly. Failure to do socould result in personal injury or equipment damage.This manual and safety signs on your machine may alsobe available in other languages. (See your John Deeredealer to order.)

THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a permanentpart of your machine and should remain with the machinewhen you sell it.

MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in bothmetric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use onlycorrect replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and inchfasteners may require a specific metric or inch wrench.

RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined byfacing in the direction of forward travel.

WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (P.I.N.)in the Machine Numbers section. Accurately record allthe numbers to help in tracing the machine should it bestolen. Your dealer also needs these numbers when youorder parts. File the identification numbers in a secureplace off the machine.

WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere's supportprogram for customers who operate and maintain their

equipment as described in this manual. The warranty isexplained on the warranty certificate or statement whichyou should have received from your dealer.

This warranty provides you the assurance that JohnDeere will back its products where defects appear withinthe warranty period. In some circumstances, John Deerealso provides field improvements, often without chargeto the customer, even if the product is out of warranty.Should the equipment be abused, or modified to changeits performance beyond the original factory specifications,the warranty will become void and field improvementsmay be denied. Setting fuel delivery above specificationsor otherwise overpowering machines will result in suchaction.

THE TIRE MANUFACTURER'S warranty supplied withyour machine may not apply outside the U.S.

If you are not the original owner of this machine, it is inyour interest to contact your local John Deere dealer toinform them of this unit's serial number. This will help JohnDeere notify you of any issues or product improvements.

IMPORTANTWarranty will not apply to engine and drivetrain failuresresulting from unauthorized adjustments to this engine.

Unauthorized adjustments are in violation of the emissionsregulations applicable to this engine and may result insubstantial fines and penalties.

Conformity MarkingNOTE: Some or all machine models listed on the front

cover of this manual are available in optionalfactory configurations that meet or exceed Russianconformity requirements. To validate conformanceof a particular machine for sale into Russianmarkets, check for the mark on the machineor see your authorized dealer.

YN1127166—UN—22MAR13

Russian Conformity Symbol

071713

PN=2

Page 3: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

Continued on next page DX,EMISSIONS,EPA -19-12DEC12-1/2

EPA Non-road Emissions Control Warranty Statement—Compression Ignition

DXLOGOV1 —UN—28APR09

U.S. AND CANADA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENTYOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

To determine if the John Deere engine qualifies for the additional warranties set forth below, look for the "Emissions Control Information" labellocated on the engine. If the engine is operated in the United States or Canada and the Emissions Control information label states: "This enginecomplies with US EPA regulations for nonroad and stationary diesel engines”, or “This engine conforms to US EPA nonroad compression-ignitionregulations”, refer to the "U.S. and Canada Emission Control Warranty Statement." If the engine is operated in California, and the label states: "Thisengine complies with US EPA and CARB regulations for nonroad diesel engines”, or “This engine conforms to US EPA and California nonroadcompression-ignition emission regulations”, also refer to the "California Emission Control Warranty Statement.”

Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related parts and components of your engine. The complete engine warranty, lessemissions-related parts and components, is provided separately. If you have any questions about your warranty rights and responsibilities,you should contact John Deere at 1-319-292-5400.

JOHN DEERE'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITY

John Deere warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that this off-road diesel engine including all parts of itsemission-control system was designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of the sale with Section 213 of the Clean Air Act and is freefrom defects in materials and workmanship which would cause the engine to fail to conform with applicable US EPA regulations for a period of fiveyears from the date the engine is placed into service or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever first occurs.

Where a warrantable condition exists, John Deere will repair or replace, as it elects, any part or component with a defect in materials orworkmanship that would increase the engine’s emissions of any regulated pollutant within the stated warranty period at no cost to you, includingexpenses related to diagnosing and repairing or replacing emission-related parts. Warranty coverage is subject to the limitations and exclusionsset forth herein. Emission- related components include engine parts developed to control emissions related to the following:Air-Induction SystemFuel SystemIgnition SystemExhaust Gas Recirculation Systems

Aftertreatment DevicesCrankcase Ventilation ValvesSensorsEngine Electronic Control Units

EMISSION WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS

John Deere may deny warranty claims for malfunctions or failures caused by:

• Non-performance of maintenance requirements listed in the Operator’s Manual• The use of the engine/equipment in a manner for which it was not designed• Abuse, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications or alterations• Accidents for which it does not have responsibility or by acts of God

The off-road diesel engine is designed to operate on diesel fuel as specified in the Fuels, Lubricants and Coolants section in the Operators Manual.Use of any other fuel can harm the emissions control system of the engine/equipment and is not approved for use.

To the extent permitted by law John Deere is not liable for damage to other engine components caused by a failure of an emission-relatedpart, unless otherwise covered by standard warranty.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTYOF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. REMEDIES UNDER THIS WARRANTY ARE LIMITED TO THEPROVISIONS OF MATERIAL AND SERVICES AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. WHERE PERMITTED BY LAW, NEITHER JOHN DEERE NOR ANYAUTHORIZED JOHN DEERE ENGINE DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER, OR REPAIR FACILITY OR ANY COMPANY AFFILIATED WITH JOHNDEERE WILL BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

Emission_CI_EPA (18Dec09)

071713

PN=3

Page 4: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

DX,EMISSIONS,EPA -19-12DEC12-2/2

TS1721

—UN—15JU

L13

071713

PN=4

Page 5: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

Continued on next page DX,EMISSIONS,CARB -19-12DEC12-1/4

CARB Non-road Emissions Control Warranty Statement—Compression Ignition

DXLOGOV1 —UN—28APR09

CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENTYOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

To determine if the John Deere engine qualifies for the additional warranties set forth below, look for the “Emission Control Information” label locatedon the engine. If the engine is operated in the United States or Canada and the engine label states: “This engine complies with US EPA regulationsfor nonroad and stationary diesel engines”, or “This engine complies with US EPA regulations for stationary emergency diesel engines”, refer to the“U.S. and Canada Emission Control Warranty Statement.” If the engine is operated in California, and the engine label states: “This engine complieswith US EPA and CARB regulations for nonroad diesel engines” also refer to the “California Emissions Control Warranty Statement.”

Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related parts and components of your engine. The complete engine warranty, lessemission-related parts and components, is provided separately. If you have any questions about your warranty rights and responsibilities,you should contact John Deere at 1-319-292-5400.

CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT:

The California Air Resources Board (CARB) is pleased to explain the emission-control system warranty on 2013 through 2015 off-road dieselengines. In California, new off-road engines must be designed, built and equipped to meet the State’s stringent anti-smog standards. John Deeremust warrant the emission control system on your engine for the periods of time listed below provided there has been no abuse, neglect orimproper maintenance of your engine.

Your emission control system may include parts such as the fuel injection system and the air induction system. Also included may be hoses, belts,connectors and other emission-related assemblies.

John Deere warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that this off-road diesel engine was designed, built, and equippedso as to conform at the time of sale with all applicable regulations adopted by CARB and is free from defects in materials and workmanship whichwould cause the failure of a warranted part to be identical in all material respects to the part as described in John Deere's application for certificationfor a period of five years from the date the engine is delivered to an ultimate purchaser or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first for allengines rated at 19 kW and greater. In the absence of a device to measure hours of use, the engine shall be warranted for a period of five years.

EMISSIONS WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS:

John Deere may deny warranty claims for failures caused by the use of an add-on or modified part which has not been exempted by the CARB. Amodified part is an aftermarket part intended to replace an original emission-related part which is not functionally identical in all respects and whichin any way affects emissions. An add-on part is any aftermarket part which is not a modified part or a replacement part.

In no event will John Deere, any authorized engine distributor, dealer, or repair facility, or any company affiliated with John Deere be liablefor incidental or consequential damage.

071713

PN=5

Page 6: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

Continued on next page DX,EMISSIONS,CARB -19-12DEC12-2/4

JOHN DEERE'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITY:

Where a warrantable condition exists, John Deere will repair or replace, as it elects, your off-road diesel engine at no cost to you, includingdiagnosis, parts or labor. Warranty coverage is subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth herein. The off-road diesel engine is warrantedfor a period of five years from the date the engine is delivered to an ultimate purchaser or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first.The following are emissions-related parts:

Air Induction System

• Intake manifold• Turbocharger• Charge air cooler

Fuel Metering system

• Fuel injection system

Exhaust Gas Recirculation

• EGR valve

Catalyst or Thermal Reactor Systems

• Catalytic converter• Exhaust manifold

Emission control labels

Particulate Controls

• Any device used to capture particulateemissions• Any device used in the regeneration of thecapturing system• Enclosures and manifolding• Smoke Puff Limiters

Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System

• PCV valve• Oil filler cap

Advanced Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Controls

• NOx absorbers and catalysts

SCR systems and urea containers/dispensingsystems

Miscellaneous Items used in Above Systems

• Electronic control units, sensors, actuators,wiring harnesses, hoses, connectors, clamps,fittings, gasket, mounting hardware

Any warranted emissions-related part scheduled for replacement as required maintenance is warranted by John Deere for the period of time priorto the first scheduled replacement point for the part. Any warranted emissions-related part not scheduled for replacement as required maintenanceor scheduled only for regular inspection is warranted by John Deere for the stated warranty period.

OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES:

As the off-road diesel engine owner you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your Operator’s Manual. JohnDeere recommends that the owner retain all receipts covering maintenance on the off-road diesel engine, but John Deere cannot deny warrantysolely for the lack of receipts or for the owner’s failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled maintenance. However, as the off-road dieselengine owner, you should be aware that John Deere may deny you warranty coverage if your off-road diesel engine or a part has failed due toabuse, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications.

The off-road diesel engine is designed to operate on diesel fuel as specified in the Fuels, Lubricants and Coolants section in the Operators Manual.Use of any other fuel may result in the engine no longer operating in compliance with applicable emissions requirements.

The owner is responsible for initiating the warranty process, and should present the machine to the nearest authorized John Deere dealer as soonas a problem is suspected. The warranty repairs should be completed by the authorized John Deere dealer as quickly as possible.

Emissions regulations require the customer to bring the unit to an authorized servicing dealer when warranty service is required. As a result, JohnDeere is NOT liable for travel or mileage on emissions warranty service calls.

Emission_CI_CARB (19Sep12)

071713

PN=6

Page 7: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

Continued on next page DX,EMISSIONS,CARB -19-12DEC12-3/4

TS1722

—UN—17DEC12

071713

PN=7

Page 8: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

DX,EMISSIONS,CARB -19-12DEC12-4/4

TS1723

—UN—15JU

L13

071713

PN=8

Page 9: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

TX,TM,FAX -19-03JUL01-1/1

Technical Information Feedback FormWe need your help to continually improve our technicalpublications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail yourcomments, ideas and improvements.SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works

18600 South John Deere RoadAttn: Publications, Dept. 324Dubuque, IA 52004-0538USA

FAX NUMBER: 1-563-589-5800 (USA)

Publication Number:

Page Number:

Ideas, Comments:

Name:

Phone:

Email Address:

THANK YOU!

071713

PN=9

Page 10: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Introduction

071713

PN=10

Page 11: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Contents

Page

Safety—Safety and Operator ConveniencesSafety and Operator Convenience Features .....1-1-1

Safety—General PrecautionsRecognize Safety Information ...........................1-2-1Follow Safety Instructions..................................1-2-1Operate Only If Qualified ...................................1-2-1Wear Protective Equipment...............................1-2-2Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......1-2-2Inspect Machine ................................................1-2-2Stay Clear of Moving Parts................................1-2-2Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ...............................1-2-3Avoid High-Pressure Oils ..................................1-2-3Work In Ventilated Area.....................................1-2-4Prevent Fires .....................................................1-2-4Prevent Battery Explosions ...............................1-2-5Handle Chemical Products Safely .....................1-2-5Dispose of Waste Properly ................................1-2-5Prepare for Emergencies...................................1-2-6Clean Debris from Machine...............................1-2-6

Safety—Operating PrecautionsUse Steps and Handholds Correctly .................1-3-1Start Only From Operator's Seat .......................1-3-1Use and Maintain Seat Belt ...............................1-3-1Prevent Unintended Machine Movement ..........1-3-1Avoid Work Site Hazards...................................1-3-2Keep Riders Off Machine ..................................1-3-2Avoid Backover Accidents .................................1-3-2Avoid Machine Tip Over ....................................1-3-3Operating On Slopes.........................................1-3-3Operating Or Traveling On Public Roads ..........1-3-3Inspect and Maintain ROPS ..............................1-3-4Add and Operate Attachments Safely ...............1-3-4

Safety—Maintenance PrecautionsPark and Prepare for Service Safely .................1-4-1Service Cooling System Safely .........................1-4-1Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating.........1-4-2Make Welding Repairs Safely ...........................1-4-2Drive Metal Pins Safely .....................................1-4-2Service Tires Safely...........................................1-4-3Handle Cab Door Safely....................................1-4-3

Safety—Safety SignsReplace Safety Signs ........................................1-5-1

Page

Safety Signs ......................................................1-5-2

Operation—Operator’s StationMachine Control ................................................2-1-1Control Panel.....................................................2-1-3Control Panel Functions ....................................2-1-4Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation ..........2-1-6Engagement and Monitor Unit Display

Messages......................................................2-1-7Anti-Theft Security System

Operation—If Equipped.................................2-1-8Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes.................2-1-11Gauges and Indicator Lights............................2-1-11Gauge and Indicator Light Functions...............2-1-12Auto Shutdown With Alarm..............................2-1-12Interlocking Seat Bar .......................................2-1-13Cab Door—If Equipped ...................................2-1-13Opening Side Windows—If Equipped .............2-1-16Top Window.....................................................2-1-17Rear Window (Secondary Exit) .......................2-1-17Fire Extinguisher Location...............................2-1-1712-Volt Power Outlet........................................2-1-18Heating/Defrosting Controls—If Equipped.......2-1-18Air Conditioning Controls—If Equipped...........2-1-18Seat Adjustment ..............................................2-1-19Dome Light ......................................................2-1-20Horn Button—If Equipped................................2-1-21Beacon—If Equipped.......................................2-1-21

Operation—Operating the MachineBefore Starting Work .........................................2-2-1Operator's Daily Machine Check

Before Starting ..............................................2-2-1Entering and Exiting Skid Steer.........................2-2-2Engine Break-In Period .....................................2-2-3Starting the Engine............................................2-2-3Cold Weather Starting .......................................2-2-4Engine Block Heater—If Equipped....................2-2-4Engine Speed Control .......................................2-2-5Stopping the Engine ..........................................2-2-5Boom Lock.........................................................2-2-6Boom Release...................................................2-2-7Steering—Manual Controls ...............................2-2-8Operating Boom—Manual Controls...................2-2-9Operating Bucket—Manual Controls ...............2-2-11Steering—EH Controls ....................................2-2-12

Continued on next page

Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in thismanual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication.

The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.COPYRIGHT © 2013DEERE & COMPANY

Moline, IllinoisAll rights reserved.

A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ® ManualPrevious Editions

Copyright © 2009, 2010, 2011

i 071713

PN=1

Page 12: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Contents

Page

Operating Boom—EH Controls .......................2-2-14Operating Bucket—EH Controls......................2-2-16Operating Auxiliary Hydraulics ........................2-2-18Hydraulic System Pressure

Release—EH Controls ................................2-2-21Hydraulic System Pressure

Release—Manual Controls .........................2-2-21Using Attachment Mounting

System—Quik-Tatch™................................2-2-23Self Leveling Hydraulics—If Equipped ............2-2-25High Flow Hydraulics—If Equipped.................2-2-25Creep Mode Operation—If Equipped ..............2-2-26Auto Idle Operation..........................................2-2-27Boom and Bucket Speed Settings—If

Equipped .....................................................2-2-27Loading Machine On a Trailer .........................2-2-28

Maintenance—MachineDiesel Fuel.........................................................3-1-1Lubricity of Diesel Fuel ......................................3-1-1Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel ......................3-1-2Biodiesel Fuel ....................................................3-1-3Testing Diesel Fuel ............................................3-1-4Minimizing the Effect of Cold Weather

on Diesel Engines .........................................3-1-5Operating in Cold Temperature Climates ..........3-1-6Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants .................3-1-6Diesel Engine Break-In Oil ................................3-1-6Diesel Engine Oil—326D...................................3-1-7Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals—326D ..3-1-8Diesel Engine Oil—328D and 332D ..................3-1-9Engine Oil and Filter Service

Intervals—328D and 332D..........................3-1-10Light Duty Diesel Engine Coolant (for

diesel engines without wet sleevecylinder liners) .............................................3-1-11

Drain Intervals for Diesel Engine Coolant........3-1-11John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Coolant

Extender......................................................3-1-12Supplemental Coolant Additives......................3-1-12Operating in Warm Temperature Climates ......3-1-13Additional Information About Diesel

Engine Coolants and John DeereCOOL-GARD™ II Coolant Extender ...........3-1-14

Testing Diesel Engine Coolant.........................3-1-15Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil ..........................3-1-15Chain Case Oil ................................................3-1-16Grease.............................................................3-1-16

Maintenance—Periodic MaintenanceService Machine at Specified Intervals..............3-2-1Fuel Tank...........................................................3-2-1Raising and Blocking Machine ..........................3-2-2Raising Operator's Station.................................3-2-3Opening and Closing Engine Cover ..................3-2-4Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install.........3-2-4Footwell Removal ..............................................3-2-6

Page

Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and3-Way Coolant Test Kit..................................3-2-6

Service Intervals ................................................3-2-7Required Parts...................................................3-2-8

Maintenance—As RequiredInspect and Clean Cooling Package .................3-3-1Check Tire Pressure..........................................3-3-2Check Wheel Lug Nut Torque............................3-3-3Check and Clean Cab Fresh Air and

Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped ...........3-3-4Inspect and Clean Fuel Tank Vent Tube............3-3-4Check Coolant ...................................................3-3-5Lubricate Steering Centering Mechanism .........3-3-6

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or DailyCheck Engine Oil Level .....................................3-4-1Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level .................3-4-1Check Coolant Level .........................................3-4-2Check and Drain Water Separator Fuel Filter ...3-4-2Check and Drain Auxiliary Fuel Filter

and Water Separator—If Equipped ...............3-4-3

Maintenance—Every 50 HoursLubricate Boom Linkage, Cylinder

Pivot Points, and Quik-Tatch™ Linkage........3-5-1

Maintenance—Initial Service - 250 HoursChange Engine Oil and Replace Filter ..............3-6-1

Maintenance—Every 250 HoursTake Engine Oil Sample ....................................3-7-1

Maintenance—Every 500 HoursChange Engine Oil and Replace Filter ..............3-8-1Replace Fuel Filter and Water Separator ..........3-8-2Replace Auxiliary Fuel Filter and Water

Separator—If Equipped.................................3-8-3Replace In-Line Fuel Filter ................................3-8-3Replace Primary Engine Air Filter .....................3-8-4Replace Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather.........3-8-5Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter ...............................3-8-5Lubricate Steering Linkage—If Equipped..........3-8-6Drain Fuel Tank Sump.......................................3-8-6Check Chain Case Oil Level..............................3-8-7Take Fluid Samples ...........................................3-8-7

Maintenance—Every 1000 HoursCheck Coolant ...................................................3-9-1Replace Secondary Engine Air Filter.................3-9-2Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil ........................3-9-4Change Chain Case Oil.....................................3-9-5

Maintenance—Every 6000 HoursDrain Cooling System......................................3-10-1

Continued on next page

ii 071713

PN=2

Page 13: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Contents

Page

Flush Cooling System......................................3-10-2Fill Cooling System..........................................3-10-2

Miscellaneous—MachineDo Not Service Control Valves,

Cylinders, Pumps, or Motors.........................4-1-1Precautions for Alternator and Regulator ..........4-1-1Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals ..4-1-2Handling, Checking, and Servicing

Batteries Carefully.........................................4-1-4Using Battery Charger .......................................4-1-5Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System.........4-1-5Removing Battery ..............................................4-1-6Replacing Battery ..............................................4-1-6Welding On Machine .........................................4-1-7Welding Near Electronic Control Units ..............4-1-7Keep Electronic Control Unit

Connectors Clean .........................................4-1-7Remove and Install Halogen Bulbs ...................4-1-8Adding Rear Counterweights.............................4-1-9Replacing Alternator Belt.................................4-1-10Adjusting Boom and Bucket

Linkage—Hands Only Machines.................4-1-10Adjusting Pedal Angle—Hand and

Foot Machines.............................................4-1-11Replacing Fuses..............................................4-1-11Replacing Glow Plug Fuse ..............................4-1-12Hardware Torque Specifications......................4-1-13Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values.....4-1-13Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values..............4-1-14

Miscellaneous—Operational CheckoutOperational Checkout........................................4-2-1

Miscellaneous—TroubleshootingTroubleshooting Procedure ...............................4-3-1Engine ...............................................................4-3-1Electrical System...............................................4-3-2Hydraulic System...............................................4-3-3

Miscellaneous—Machine StoragePrepare Machine for Storage ............................4-4-1Monthly Storage Procedure...............................4-4-2

Miscellaneous—Machine NumbersRecord Product Identification Number (PIN) .....4-5-1Record Engine Serial Number...........................4-5-1Keep Proof of Ownership ..................................4-5-1Keep Machines Secure .....................................4-5-1

Miscellaneous—Specifications326D Machine Dimensions................................4-6-1326D Machine Specifications ............................4-6-2328D Machine Dimensions................................4-6-3328D Machine Specifications ............................4-6-4332D Machine Dimensions................................4-6-5332D Machine Specifications ............................4-6-6326D and 328D Drain and Refill Capacities ......4-6-6

Page

332D Drain and Refill Capacities.......................4-6-7Rated Operating Capacity .................................4-6-7Pallet Fork Lift Chart..........................................4-6-7

iii 071713

PN=3

Page 14: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Contents

iv 071713

PN=4

Page 15: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Safety and Operator Conveniences

OUT4001,000046E -19-28OCT09-1/1

Safety and Operator Convenience Features

TX1063619

8

12

9 11

6

10

7

2

3

1

4 5

TX1063619—UN—28AUG09

Please remember that the operator is the key topreventing accidents.

1. ROPS/FOPS Protection. Structures designed tohelp protect the operator are certified to ISO and OSHA.Enclosure also deflects sun and rain.

2. Window Guarding. Side screens prevent contact witha moving boom.

3. Secondary Exit. The rear window provides an exitpath if the front door is blocked.

4. Bypass Start Protection. Shielding over the starterterminals helps prevent dangerous bypass starting.

5. Engine Fan Guard. Enclosing the fan fully inside thecooling package helps prevent contact with rotating fanblades.

6. Loader Boom Service Lock. A mechanical lock isprovided for working on or around this machine with theboom raised.

7. Seat Belt with Automatic Retractor. Retractor helpsprotect the operator and keeps the belt and operator'sstation clean. A convenient integrated seat and shoulderbelt system is also provided.

8. Handholds. Conveniently placed handholds make iteasy to enter or exit the operator's station.

9. Independent Parking Brake. Electrically controlledparking brake engages whenever the engine is stopped.

10. Cab with Air Conditioner, Heater, and Defroster.Options are available.

11. Rearview Mirror. For operator convenience, arearview mirror is available.

12. Swing Out Front Door. A sealed swing out front dooris available. It allows the cab to be pressurized. Alsoprovides easy access into cab and more headroom insidecab.

1-1-1 071713

PN=15

Page 16: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—General Precautions

TX,RECOGNIZE -19-28JUN10-1/1

VD76477,0000510 -19-01JUN12-1/1

TX03679,00016FA -19-03JAN07-1/1

Recognize Safety InformationThis is the safety alert symbol. When you see thissymbol on your machine or in this manual, be alertfor the potential of personal injury.

Follow the precautions and safe operating practiceshighlighted by this symbol.

A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION —is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifiesthe most serious hazards.

On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color,WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs areyellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located nearspecific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTIONlabels.

T133555—UN—15APR13

T133588—19—28AUG00

Follow Safety InstructionsCarefully read all safety messages in this manual and onyour machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in goodcondition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Usethis operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.Be sure new equipment components and repair partsinclude the current safety signs. Replacement safetysigns are available from your John Deere dealer.

There can be additional safety information contained onparts and components sourced from suppliers that is notreproduced in this operator's manual.

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controlsproperly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction.

Keep your machine in proper working condition.Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair thefunction and/or safety and affect machine life.

TS201—UN—15APR13

If you do not understand any part of this manual and needassistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

Operate Only If Qualified

Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manualhas been read carefully, and you have been qualified bysupervised training and instruction.

Operator should be familiar with the job site andsurroundings before operating. Try all controls and

machine functions with the machine in an open areabefore starting to work.

Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to everywork situation and work site.

1-2-1 071713

PN=16

Page 17: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—General Precautions

TX,WEAR,PE -19-22SEP10-1/1

AM40430,00000A9 -19-20AUG09-1/1

TX,INSPECT -19-08SEP10-1/1

TX03679,00016D2 -19-03JAN07-1/1

Wear Protective EquipmentGuard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris;wear goggles or safety glasses.

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipmentappropriate to the job.

Operating equipment safely requires the full attention ofthe operator. Do not wear radio or music headphoneswhile operating machine.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairmentor loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection suchas earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable oruncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphonesare not suitable to use for hearing protection.

TS206—UN—15APR13

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications

John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deerereplacement parts to ensure machine performance.Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternateparts not intended for the application as these cancreate hazardous situations or hazardous performance.Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or failures resultingfrom their use are not covered by any John Deere warranty.

Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapprovedproducts or attachments, may affect machine stability or

reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator orothers near the machine. The installer of any modificationwhich may affect the electronic controls of this machine isresponsible for establishing that the modification does notadversely affect the machine or its performance.

Always contact an authorized dealer before makingmachine modifications that change the intended use,weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machinecontrols, performance or reliability.

Inspect MachineInspect machine carefully each day by walking around itbefore starting.

Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properlyinstalled. Fix damage and replace worn or broken partsimmediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses andelectrical wiring.

T6607A

Q—UN—15APR13

Stay Clear of Moving PartsEntanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.

Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintainingany part of machine with moving parts.

Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guardor shield that has been removed for access as soon asservice or repair is complete. T1

33592—UN—15APR13

1-2-2 071713

PN=17

Page 18: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—General Precautions

DX,FLUID -19-12OCT11-1/1

TX03679,00016D3 -19-03NOV08-1/1

Avoid High-Pressure FluidsInspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least onceper year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion,blisters, corrosion, exposed wire braid or any other signsof wear or damage.

Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediatelywith John Deere approved replacement parts.

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skincausing serious injury.

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure beforedisconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten allconnections before applying pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect handsand body from high-pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluidinjected into the skin must be surgically removed withina few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar

X9811

—UN—23AUG88

with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeablemedical source. Such information is available inEnglish from Deere & Company Medical Department inMoline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1309-748-5636.

Avoid High-Pressure OilsThis machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system.Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skincausing serious injury.

Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands.Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil.Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnectinglines or working on hydraulic system.

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctorimmediately. Injected oil must be removed surgicallywithin hours or gangrene may result. Contact aknowledgeable medical source or the Deere & CompanyMedical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

T133509—UN—15APR13

T133840—UN—20SEP00

1-2-3 071713

PN=18

Page 19: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—General Precautions

DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1

TX03679,00016F5 -19-03NOV08-1/1

Work In Ventilated AreaEngine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. Ifit is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area,remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaustpipe extension.

If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open thedoors and get outside air into the area.

TS220—UN—15APR13

Prevent FiresHandle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away fromfire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or whennear sparks or flame.

Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, greaseand oil from accumulating in engine compartment, aroundfuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, andelectrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammablematerials inside a machine compartment.

Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hosesimmediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oilspills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequentlyfor damage.

Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep amultipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine.Know how to use extinguisher properly.

T133552—UN—15APR13

T133553 —UN—07SEP00

T133554 —UN—07SEP00

1-2-4 071713

PN=19

Page 20: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—General Precautions

DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93-1/1

DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1

DX,DRAIN -19-03MAR93-1/1

Prevent Battery ExplosionsKeep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away fromthe top of battery. Battery gas can explode.

Never check battery charge by placing a metal objectacross the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.

Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warmbattery to 16°C (60°F).

TS204—UN—15APR13

Handle Chemical Products SafelyDirect exposure to hazardous chemicals can causeserious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used withJohn Deere equipment include such items as lubricants,coolants, paints, and adhesives.

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specificdetails on chemical products: physical and health hazards,safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.

Check the MSDS before you start any job using ahazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly whatthe risks are and how to do the job safely. Then followprocedures and recommended equipment.

(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemicalproducts used with John Deere equipment.)

TS1132

—UN—15APR13

Dispose of Waste ProperlyImproperly disposing of waste can threaten theenvironment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste usedwith John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.

Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not usefood or beverage containers that may mislead someoneinto drinking from them.

Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or intoany water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air candamage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulationsmay require a certified air conditioning service center torecover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.

Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of wastefrom your local environmental or recycling center, or fromyour John Deere dealer.

TS1133

—UN—15APR13

1-2-5 071713

PN=20

Page 21: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—General Precautions

DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1

OUT4001,00000E3 -19-20AUG09-1/1

Prepare for EmergenciesBe prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291—UN—15APR13

Clean Debris from MachineKeep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydrauliclines, exhaust components, fuel tank, and operator'sstation clean and free of debris.

Clean any oil spills or fuel spills on machine surfaces.

Temperature in engine compartment may go upimmediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARDFOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.

Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and cleanengine compartment. T6

669A

G—UN—15APR13

1-2-6 071713

PN=21

Page 22: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Operating Precautions

TX03679,00016F2 -19-24APR13-1/1

TX03679,0001799 -19-22APR10-1/1

TX03679,00016DD -19-03NOV08-1/1

OUT4001,0000467 -19-28SEP09-1/1

Use Steps and Handholds CorrectlyPrevent falls by facing the machine when getting on andoff. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails.Never use machine controls as handholds.

Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture presentslippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of greaseor oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount ordismount a moving machine. T1

33468—UN—15APR13

Start Only From Operator's SeatAvoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine onlywhile sitting in operator's seat. Ensure all controls andworking tools are in proper position for a parked machine.

Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do notattempt to start engine by shorting across the startersolenoid terminals. T1

33715—UN—15APR13

Use and Maintain Seat BeltUse seat belt when operating machine. Remember tofasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucksand during other uses.

Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is notcut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part isdamaged or does not function properly.

The complete seat belt assembly should be replacedevery 3 years, regardless of appearance.

T133716—19—17APR13

Prevent Unintended Machine MovementBe careful not to accidentally actuate controls. Followthese steps during work interruptions, before allowingcoworkers to approach the machine, before standing up,leaving the operator's seat, or exiting the machine:

• Lower equipment to the ground• Press park brake switch (1) to position P to engagepark brake• Stop the engine• Raise interlocking seat bar1—Park Brake Switch

TX1064905A

—UN—23SEP09

1-3-1 071713

PN=22

Page 23: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Operating Precautions

OUT4001,00004A4 -19-07DEC12-1/1

VD76477,0000094 -19-31JAN07-1/1

VD76477,0000095 -19-31JAN07-1/1

Avoid Work Site HazardsAvoid contact with gas lines, buried cables, and waterlines. Call utility line location services to identify allunderground utilities before starting work.

Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating nearstructures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clearaway debris that could move unexpectedly if run over.

Avoid boom or attachment contact with overheadobstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never movemachine closer than 3 m (10 ft.) plus twice the lineinsulator length to overhead wires.

Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystandersaway from raised booms, attachments, and unsupportedloads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, orloads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signalperson to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use asignal person if moving machine in congested areas orwhere visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person inview. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine.

Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficientto support machine. Be especially alert working nearembankments or excavations.

Avoid working under over-hanging embankments orstockpiles that could collapse under or on machine.

Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on ornear ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., duringsnow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds

T192984—UN—26AUG03

TX1064889—UN—02OCT09

hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete, or manholes)can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt. Onunits equipped with shoulder belts always wear both theseat and shoulder belt and do not lean forward whileoperating.

Keep Riders Off MachineOnly allow operator on machine.

Riders are subject to injury. They may fall from machine,be caught between machine parts, or be struck by foreignobjects.

Riders may obstruct operator’s view or impair his abilityto operate machine safely.

T192977—UN—26AUG03

Avoid Backover AccidentsBefore moving machine, be sure all persons orvehicles are clear of machine path. Turn around andlook directly for best visibility. Keep windows clean.

Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly(if equipped).

Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructedor when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view atall times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate. T1

92978—UN—26AUG03

1-3-2 071713

PN=23

Page 24: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Operating Precautions

VD76477,0000096 -19-20MAR07-1/1

OUT4001,0000470 -19-28AUG09-1/1

TX03679,00017C8 -19-14JUN01-1/1

Avoid Machine Tip OverUse seat belt at all times.

Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely tojump clear and the machine may crush you.

Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Besure truck is wide enough and on a firm level surface. Useloading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed.

Be careful on slopes. Avoid sharp turns. Balance loadsso weight is evenly distributed and load is stable. Carrytools and loads close to the ground to aid visibility andlower center of gravity. Use extra care on wet, soft, rocky,or frozen ground.

Know the capacity of the machine. Do not overload. Becareful with heavy loads. Using oversize buckets or liftingheavy objects reduces machine stability.

Ensure solid footing. Use extra care in soft groundconditions or on structures that may not uniformly supportthe wheels especially when raising the boom. Do notoperate close to banks or open excavations that may cavein and cause machine to tip or fall.

T133716—19—17APR13

T192979—UN—26AUG03

Operating On SlopesAvoid side slope travel whenever possible. When workingon steep slopes, travel as straight up and down aspossible and keep the heavy end of the vehicle uphill toprevent machine tip over.

Carry the load as low as possible for maximum stabilityand visibility.

Select low speed before starting down slope. The slopeon which you can operate safely will be limited by groundcondition and the load being handled.

Be alert to wind direction and velocity.

TX1063677—UN—01SEP09

Operating Or Traveling On Public RoadsMachines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slowerthan normal highway speeds must have proper lightingand markings to assure they are visible to other drivers.

Install additional lights, beacons, slow moving vehicle(SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required tomake the machine visible and identify it as a work machine.Check state and local regulations to assure compliance.Keep these devices clean and in working condition. T1

41891—UN—15APR13

1-3-3 071713

PN=24

Page 25: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Operating Precautions

TX03679,000179F -19-20APR01-1/1

TX03679,00016F0 -19-24JAN07-1/1

Inspect and Maintain ROPS

A damaged roll-over protective structure (ROPS) shouldbe replaced, not reused.

The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPSis subjected to structural damage, is involved in anoverturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,bending, drilling, or cutting.

If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspectit carefully before operating the machine again.

To maintain the ROPS:

• Replace missing hardware using correct gradehardware.• Check hardware torque.• Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or wear;replace them if necessary.• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.

Add and Operate Attachments Safely

Always verify compatibility of attachments by contactingyour authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachmentsmay affect machine stability or reliability, and may createa hazard for others near the machine.

Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachmentinstallation. Add guards to machine if operator protection

is required or recommended. Verify that all connectionsare secure and attachment responds properly to controls.

Carefully read attachment manual and follow allinstructions and warnings. In an area free of bystandersand obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn itscharacteristics and range of motion.

1-3-4 071713

PN=25

Page 26: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Maintenance Precautions

TX,PARK,SSL -19-28JUN10-1/1

DX,RCAP -19-04JUN90-1/1

Park and Prepare for Service SafelyWarn others of service work. Always park and preparemachine for service or repair properly.

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipmentto the ground.• Engage park brake.• Stop engine and remove key.• Attach a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag in an obvious placein the operator's station.

Securely support machine or attachment before workingunder it.

• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuatedtools or attachments.• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or woodenpieces that may crumble or crush.• Do not support machine with a single jack or otherdevices that may slip out of place.• Always install boom lock before working on or aroundthis machine with the loader boom raised.

Understand service procedures before beginning repairs.Keep service area clean and dry. Use two peoplewhenever the engine must be running for service work.

T133332—19—17APR13

TS229—UN—23AUG88

Service Cooling System SafelyExplosive release of fluids from pressurized coolingsystem can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enoughto touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stopto relieve pressure before removing completely.

TS281—UN—15APR13

1-4-1 071713

PN=26

Page 27: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Maintenance Precautions

DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1

TX03679,00016D5 -19-31AUG07-1/1

TX03679,0001745 -19-25SEP00-1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or HeatingAvoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heatedby welding, soldering, or using a torch.

Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from areato be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.Wear an approved respirator.• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper withsoap and water before welding. Remove solvent orpaint stripper containers and other flammable materialfrom area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutesbefore welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where weldingwill take place.

TS220—UN—15APR13

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxicfumes and dust away.

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.

Make Welding Repairs SafelyIMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before

welding. Turn off main battery switchor disconnect positive battery cable.Separate harness connectors to engine andvehicle microprocessors.

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines.Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns ifpressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heatgo beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.

Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes.Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.

T133547—UN—15APR13

Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protectionand protective equipment when welding.

Drive Metal Pins SafelyAlways wear protective goggles or safety glasses andother protective equipment before striking hardenedparts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins andbucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity.

Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer andobject to prevent chipping. T1

33738—UN—15APR13

1-4-2 071713

PN=27

Page 28: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Maintenance Precautions

DX,RIM -19-24AUG90-1/1

OUT4001,0000472 -19-28OCT09-1/1

Service Tires SafelyExplosive separation of a tire and rim parts can causeserious injury or death.

Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the properequipment and experience to perform the job.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflatethe tires above the recommended pressure. Never weldor heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can causean increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion.Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extensionhose long enough to allow you to stand to one side andNOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safetycage if available.

Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damagedrims or missing lug bolts and nuts.

TS211—UN—15APR13

Handle Cab Door SafelyWhen servicing machine, be aware that cab door (1) isbreakable.

Keep door closed if cab needs to be raised for service.Be aware of surroundings so that door does not comein contact with any objects.

Use care if cab door needs to be removed. To preventdamage to the door, handle with care and store in asecure location.

1—Cab Door TX1063683A

—UN—08SEP09

1-4-3 071713

PN=28

Page 29: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Safety Signs

DX,SIGNS -19-18AUG09-1/1

Replace Safety SignsReplace missing or damaged safety signs. Use thisoperator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.

There can be additional safety information contained onparts and components sourced from suppliers that is notreproduced in this operator's manual.

TS201—UN—15APR13

1-5-1 071713

PN=29

Page 30: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Safety Signs

Continued on next page OUT4001,000046A -19-26AUG09-1/2

Safety Signs

TX1063457—19—02DEC09

1-5-2 071713

PN=30

Page 31: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Safety—Safety Signs

OUT4001,000046A -19-26AUG09-2/2

TX1063458—19—16SEP09

1-5-3 071713

PN=31

Page 32: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

Continued on next page OUT4001,000046D -19-11APR11-1/3

Machine ControlLoader and steering control methods will vary on machinedepending on what is ordered directly from factory. Thereare four machine configurations available:

• Manual—Hands Only Control• Manual—Hand and Foot Control• Electrohydraulic (EH) Control• Electrohydraulic (EH) Control With PerformancePackage

For more detailed information, see Operation—Operatingthe Machine. (Section 2-2.)

Manual Controls—Choice of two options:

• Hands Only—Control levers (1 and 2) operate loaderboom, bucket, and auxiliary hydraulic functions. Controllevers also steer machine. Engine speed is controlledby either the engine speed control pedal (15) or theengine speed control dial (12).• Hand and Foot—Foot pedals (13 and 14) operateloader boom and bucket functions. Control levers steermachine and operate auxiliary hydraulic functions.Engine speed is controlled by the engine speed controldial.

1

3

42

TX1066657—UN—22OCT09

Manual Machine Without Horn or Two Speed Option

1

6

5

4

32

TX1066658—UN—22OCT09

Manual Machine With Horn and Two Speed Option

5 8

7

1

6 3

4 10

11

29

TX1066659—UN—22OCT09

Manual Machine With Attachment ControlsTX

1066701A

—UN—22OCT09

Engine Speed Control Dial

TX1066696A

—UN—23OCT09

Foot Pedals—Hand and Foot Machine Only

TX1066697A

—UN—23OCT09

Engine Speed Control Pedal—Hands Only Machine

2-1-1 071713

PN=32

Page 33: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,000046D -19-11APR11-2/3

OUT4001,000046D -19-11APR11-3/3

1—Left Control Lever2—Right Control Lever3—Auxiliary Flow Set Switch4—Auxiliary Proportional Switch5—Horn—if equipped

6—Two Speed Switch—ifequipped

7—Not Used8—Auxiliary Third Function A

Switch—if equipped9—Auxiliary Third Function B

Switch—if equipped

10— Auxiliary Second FunctionA Switch—if equipped

11— Auxiliary Second FunctionB Switch—if equipped

12— Engine Speed Control Dial

13— Left Foot Pedal14— Right Foot Pedal15— Engine Speed Control Pedal

EH Controls—Choice of two different options:

• EH—Joysticks (1 and 2) operate loader boom, bucket,and auxiliary hydraulic functions. Joysticks also steermachine using an ISO pattern. Engine speed iscontrolled by either the engine speed control pedal (15)or the engine speed control dial (12).• EH With Performance Package—Joysticks operateloader boom, bucket, and auxiliary hydraulic functions.Joysticks also steer machine. A pattern select switch(13) allows for quick change of joystick functionsbetween ISO or H control patterns. Engine speed iscontrolled by either the engine speed control pedal orthe engine speed control dial.

1—Left Joystick2—Right Joystick3—Float Switch4—Auxiliary Proportional

Switch5—Horn—if equipped6—Two Speed Switch—if

equipped7—Auxiliary Flow Set Switch

8—Auxiliary Third Function ASwitch

9—Auxiliary Third Function BSwitch

10— Auxiliary Second FunctionA Switch

11— Auxiliary Second FunctionB Switch

12— Engine Speed Control Dial13— Pattern Select Switch—if

equipped15— Engine Speed Control

Pedal

19

6 3

8

410

115

7

2

TX1066656—UN—22OCT09

EH Machine

TX1066695A

—UN—22OCT09

Engine Speed Control Dial and Pattern Select Switch

TX1066697A

—UN—23OCT09

Engine Speed Control Pedal

2-1-2 071713

PN=33

Page 34: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,000046B -19-30JAN13-1/1

Control Panel

TX1063393A

—UN—31AUG09

Control Panel

1—Blower Speed Dial (ifequipped)

2—Cab Temperature Control Dial(if equipped)

3—Engine Speed Control Dial4—Auxiliary Fourth Function

Switch (if equipped)

5—Park Brake Switch6—Key Switch7—Work Lights Switch8—Self Leveling Switch (if

equipped)9—Quik-Tatch™ Switch (if

equipped)

10— Auxiliary Hydraulic OverrideSwitch

11— Creep Mode Switch (ifequipped)

12— Reversing Fan Switch (ifequipped)

13— Pattern Select Switch (ifequipped)

14— High Flow Switch (ifequipped)

15— Dual Flasher Switch (ifequipped)

16— Air Conditioner Switch (ifequipped)

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company

2-1-3 071713

PN=34

Page 35: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

Continued on next page OUT4001,000046C -19-04FEB13-1/3

Control Panel Functions

1—Blower Speed Dial—If Equipped: Turn dial clockwiseto increase blower speed. Blower has four speed settingsplus an OFF position.

2—Cab Temperature Control Dial—If Equipped: Turndial clockwise towards red zone for warmer air. Turn dialcounterclockwise towards blue zone for cooler air.

3—Engine Speed Control Dial: Turn dial clockwisetowards the rabbit to increase engine speed. Turn dialcounterclockwise towards the turtle to decrease enginespeed.

NOTE: The engine control unit (ECU) will default enginespeed to slow idle on engine startup regardless ofengine speed control dial position. Move enginespeed control dial to slow idle position and thenincrease the setting to the desired speed to getthe engine speed to increase.

4—Auxiliary Fourth Function Switch—If Equipped:Electric control of an auxiliary function.

5—Park Brake Switch: This switch has three positions:

• Push upper half of switch to engage park brake. Thisposition also hydraulically locks the boom and bucket.• Push to middle position to hydraulically enable boomand bucket while park brake is engaged.

NOTE: Operator must be in seat with seat belt fastened,with interlocking seat bar lowered, and enginemust be running to disengage park brake.

• Push lower half of switch to momentary position andrelease to middle position to disengage park brake.

6—Key Switch: This switch has three positions:

• Position where ignition key can be inserted or removedis the OFF position. No circuits are active in this position.• Turn key clockwise from the OFF position. This is theRUN position for the engine.• Turn key clockwise from the RUN position. This is theSTART position for the engine. After starting engine,release key. Key will return to RUN position.

7—Work Lights Switch: This switch has three positions:

• Push upper half of switch to turn on front work lights,red tail lights, and rear work light.• Push to middle position to turn on front work lights andred tail lights.• Push lower half of switch to turn lights off.8—Self Leveling Switch—If Equipped: Push upperhalf of switch to allow the attachment to remain in samerelative position, as the boom is raised. Push lower half ofswitch to turn off this feature.

NOTE: Self leveling is only operational duringboom raise function.

9—Quik-Tatch™ Switch—If Equipped: Press and holdupper half of switch until lock pins are engaged. Pressand hold lower half of switch until lock pins are retracted.

NOTE: The switch will automatically return to centerposition when released. The mounting plateswill stop at the position they are in at thetime the switch is released.

10—Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch: Allowsauxiliary hydraulics to operate after operator exitsmachine. This switch has two positions:

• Push upper half of switch to momentary position toactivate bypass mode. Switch will return to lowerposition when released.

11—Creep Mode Switch—If Equipped: If machineis equipped with an EH performance package, pushupper half of switch to activate creep mode. Creepmode limits travel speed while maintaining engine speed.Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) displays prompts forselecting desired percentage.

12—Reversing Fan Switch—If Equipped: Used toreverse the direction of fan rotation for purging debris fromthe radiator. This switch has three positions:

• Off—Disables reversing fan function.• Auto (middle position)—Reverses fan every 20 minutesfor 43 seconds. This position is used to prevent machinefrom overheating caused by accumulated debris againstcooling package. Hydraulic oil temperature must beabove 12°C (54°F).• Manual—Press and hold switch in this position tomanually activate reversing fan for 10 seconds.The switch can be used at any rpm. Hydraulic oiltemperature must be above 12°C (54°F). Switch isprogrammed to wait 60 seconds before allowing fan toreverse cycle again.

13—Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped: If machine isequipped with an EH performance package, this switchallows for quick change of joystick functions between ISOor H control patterns. Push upper half of switch for Hcontrol pattern. Push lower half of switch for ISO controlpattern.

14—High Flow Switch—If Equipped: Used forattachments that require a high hydraulic flow rate tooperate. Push upper half of switch momentarily to turnON and activate high flow option. Amber hydraulic highflow icon will appear on EMU. Push upper half of switchagain to turn high flow option OFF.

15—Dual Flasher Switch—If Equipped: Push upperhalf of switch to turn warning lights on. Push lower half ofswitch to turn warning lights off.

16—Air Conditioner Switch—If Equipped: Push upperhalf of switch to turn on air conditioning. Push lower halfof switch to turn off air conditioning.

2-1-4 071713

PN=35

Page 36: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

Continued on next page OUT4001,000046C -19-04FEB13-2/3

NOTE: If equipped with water-in-fuel (WIF) indicator,indicator will replace creep mode switchon control panel.

17—Water-in-Fuel (WIF) Indicator—If Equipped (17):Indicator will light, STOP indicator will light, and audiblealarm will sound when water is detected in the fuelsystem. Stop engine immediately.

17

TX1130128A

—UN—30JAN13

Water-in-Fuel (WIF) Indicator

17— Water-in-Fuel (WIF)Indicator (if equipped)

2-1-5 071713

PN=36

Page 37: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000503 -19-11APR11-1/2

Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation

The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) can be usedto display vital operating information, hours, diagnostictrouble codes, diagnostics, and to configure units ofmeasure. It can also be used to lock the machine usingan anti-theft security system. When the EMU powers up,the display initially reads “TMC by John Deere” for 1.5seconds before showing the machine model and speedsfor 3 seconds. If the anti-theft system has not beenenabled or is not active, the display will default to therun-time screen. If the anti-theft system is enabled andunlocked, the display will default to the run-time screen.If the anti-theft system is enabled on the machine, theuser will be prompted to enter their code. See Anti-TheftSecurity System in this section for more information.

Run Data Items

The Run Data Items are the default display when the EMUis powered up. The Run Data Items may also be displayedby cycling through the menu items by pressing the NEXTbutton, or by pressing MENU button at any time while in asubmenu. Pressing SELECT button while viewing a RunData Item will scroll through all the Run Data Items:

• Hours• Volts• Job Timer• Hydraulic Oil Temperature• Engine Coolant Temperature• Engine RPM

If “CHECK SERVICE CODES” appears in the EMUdisplay, press SELECT button to return to the Run DataItems. “CHECK SERVICE CODES” will appear for anyhydraulic, park brake, or auto shutdown diagnostic troublecodes. If possible, move machine to a safe location beforechecking the diagnostic trouble codes. See ReadingDiagnostic Trouble Codes in this section.

If MENU button is pressed during the run-time display,screen will advance to Main Menu. At any other time, theMENU button will go to last-selected run-time screen.If BACK button is pressed during the run-time display,screen will return to the previous run-time screen. At anyother time, pressing BACK button will return to previousdisplay screen. If NEXT button is pressed during therun-time display, screen will advance to the next run-timescreen. At any other time, pressing NEXT button willscroll through menu items. If SELECT button is pressedduring the run-time display, screen will advance to thenext run-time screen. At any other time, pressing SELECTbutton will advance to next display screen.

• Boom and Bucket Rate Menu—if equippedThe Boom and Bucket Rate Menu allows the operatorto select one of three boom and bucket speed ratesettings. For more information, see Boom and BucketSpeed Settings—If Equipped. (Section 2-2.)• Creep Limit Menu—if equippedThe Creep Limit Menu allows operator to set creepspeed limit when equipped and engaged. For more

information, see Creep Mode Operation—If Equipped.(Section 2-2.)• Codes MenuThe Codes Menu displays any diagnostic trouble codes(DTCs) that may be present in the machine. The CodesMenu displays both machine and engine DTCs. Formore information, see Reading Diagnostic TroubleCodes in this section.• Monitor MenuThe Monitor Menu allows operator to choose languageand units format for their monitor.• Job Timer MenuThe Job Timer Menu is a hour meter that can be reset.To reset Job Timer:- Press SELECT button at Job Timer menu.- Press SELECT button at Reset Time.• Auto Idle MenuThe Auto Idle Menu allows the operator to enable ordisable auto idle feature. For more information, seeAuto Idle Operation. (Section 2-2.)• Anti-Theft Menu—if equippedSee Anti-Theft Security System Operation in thissection, for further information.

Anti-Theft Security System

The optionally-enabled anti-theft security systemwithin the EMU provides a basic level of machine theftprotection. When the anti-theft security system is enabled,the machine can be unlocked and locked with the useof either a 3-digit or 5-digit security code (depending onhow the system is configured.) This security code, alongwith the machine key switch, is necessary to start and runthe engine. When locked, the anti-theft security systemprevents the engine from starting by disabling the fuelshutoff solenoid (Y1).

There are three levels of security within the anti-theftsecurity system: Operator, Owner, and Master. TheOperator level of security provides three different securitycodes that can be used by machine operators. The Ownerlevel of security is designed for the owner or equipmentmanager. This security level is primarily to be used as asafeguard in the event an Operator code is forgotten orunknown, and the owner wishes to change or replace thatsecurity code.

After entering a valid Owner security code, the owner can:

• Lock and unlock the machine.• Change the Owner security code.• Change/reset an Operator security code.• Enable/disable the auto lock feature.The Master level of security is the highest security leveland is used to enable or disable the anti-theft securitysystem. A Master security code can be obtained for amachine by an owner by contacting their John Deeredealer. The dealer will need the current engine hour meterreading and the machine's serial number to generate anew Master security code.

2-1-6 071713

PN=37

Page 38: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,0000503 -19-11APR11-2/2

OUT4001,0000506 -19-23NOV10-1/1

All security codes are three digit numbers that are enteredusing the MENU and SELECT buttons on the EMU.Unlock or lock prompts appear on the EMU display atmachine power up or power down, respectively. If theanti-theft security system is not enabled on the machine,no prompts will appear.

See Anti-Theft Security System Operation in this section,for further information.

Auto Lock Feature

The auto lock feature, when enabled, automatically locksthe machine 5 minutes or 60 minutes after the operatorleaves the seat if the machine had been left unlockedwhen turning key switch to OFF position.

See Anti-Theft Security System Operation in this section,for further information.

Engagement and Monitor Unit Display Messages

The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) automaticallydisplays a message for specific machine situations andcertain diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Depending onmachine situation or if a DTC is initially active, a messagedisplays on the EMU until the situation changes, the DTC isresolved, or the operator presses any button on the EMU.

If multiple display messages are generated, the one withthe highest EMU priority displays. Pressing any button onthe EMU closes the displayed message, allowing the nextmessage to display in order of EMU importance until allgenerated messages have been displayed.

Display Message Message TriggerA/C OFF Air conditioning has shut off because engine temperature is greater than 108°C (226°F).Auto Idle Auto Idle is active.Aux Hydraulic Bypass Auxiliary hydraulics are in override mode.Check Service Code A DTC is active that should trigger the Check Service Code monitor message.Door Open Operator attempted to release park brake without door closed (cab machines). Operator attempted to move

right joystick with door open and seat interlock OK (cab machines).Enable Hydraulics Operator attempted to move right joystick after engine startup and seat belt fastened, but before enabling

hydraulics (using park brake switch).Engine Air Filter Restriction Engine air filter restriction warning indicator comes on and indicator not in bulb check.Engine Oil Pressure Low Engine oil pressure indicator light comes on after engine is running.Engine Temperature High Engine temperature goes to the red zone of gauge and the engine is running.Fasten Seat Belt Lower Lapbar Operator attempted to release park brake without fastening seat belt and lowering interlocking seat bar.H Pattern Selected Pattern select option installed. H pattern steering and bucket control is active.High Voltage Battery voltage warning indicator comes on after engine is running and DTC is triggered.Hyd. Oil Filter Restriction Hydraulic oil filter restriction warning indicator comes on and indicator not in bulb check.Hydraulic Oil Temp. High Hydraulic oil temperature indicator light comes on and indicator not in bulb check.ISO Pattern Selected Pattern select option installed. ISO pattern steering and bucket control is active.Left Joystick Not in Center Joystick is out of neutral when park brake has just been released.Low Fuel Fuel level low after engine is running.Low Voltage Battery voltage warning indicator comes on after engine is running and DTC is triggered.Precision Rate Selected Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Precision mode is active.Production Rate Selected Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Production mode is active.Release Park Brake Operator attempted to move left joystick after engine startup and seat belt fastened, but before releasing

park brake (using park brake switch).Remote Start Connected Remote start box installed.Return Joysticks To Center Appears when creep mode switch or pattern select switch is cycled.Right Joystick Not in Center Joystick is out of neutral when hydraulics are enabled.Set Park Brake To Start Engine The seat switch is active, the key switch is ON, and the engine is not running. (Park brake switch must

be ON to start engine.)Utility Rate Selected Adjustable boom and bucket rate installed. Utility mode is active.Hydraulic Temperature Too LowFor Shift

Hydraulic oil temperature is below specification for two speed shift to occur. (318D and 320D only.)

2-1-7 071713

PN=38

Page 39: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000504 -19-25MAR10-1/3

Anti-Theft Security System Operation—If Equipped

IMPORTANT: When providing operator securitycodes to machine users, owners should notprovide operators with the default codes.Instead, owners should first change the defaultoperator security codes to other values beforeproviding codes to machine users.

NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be startedbut will shut down after 3 seconds.

Unlocking the Machine (Operator and Owner)

1. Sit in the operator's seat to power up the engagementand monitor unit (EMU).

2. Turn key switch to ON position.

3. The EMU displays “Enter Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system)or “Enter Code 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system).

4. Enter the appropriate security code:

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button tochange the number displayed in the active (flashing)field. The NEXT button increments the current digit;the BACK button decrements the current digit.

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the numberdisplayed (flashing) in the active field and shift theactive field to the next digit to the right.

NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the lastdigit (third digit or fifth digit depending on systemconfiguration) processes the entered security code.

5. If a correct security code is entered, the monitordisplays “AntiTheft Unlocked” for 2 seconds before theEMU returns to the normal run-time display.

If the security code was incorrect, the display shows“Invalid Code”.

NOTE: The anti-theft security system allows threeattempts to enter a valid security code beforerequiring the key switch to be turned OFF andON to restart the process.

Locking the Machine (Operator and Owner)

There are three different locking methods available withthe anti-theft security system:

• Prompt for Lock• Auto Lock—5 Minutes• Auto Lock—60 Minutes

NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be startedbut will shut down after 3 seconds.

Prompt for Lock

1. Turn key switch to OFF.

2. The monitor display shows “Press Select to Lock ATS.”

NOTE: If you do not press SELECT to lock the machinewithin 20 seconds of turning key switch OFF, theEMU will NOT lock the machine.

3. Press the SELECT button within 20 seconds to lockthe machine.

Auto Lock—5 Minutes

1. Turn key switch to OFF.

2. The monitor display shows “5 Min Auto Lock LockNow?”

3. Machine remains unlocked for the next 5 minutes.After 5 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code,depending on system configuration is required formachine operation.

OR

Press SELECT to lock the machine immediately.

Auto Lock—60 Minutes

1. Turn key switch to OFF.

2. The monitor display shows “60 Min Auto Lock LockNow?”

3. Machine remains unlocked for the next 60 minutes.After 60 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit securitycode, depending on system configuration is requiredfor machine operation.

OR

Press SELECT to lock the machine immediately.

IMPORTANT: The default Owner security code forthe anti-theft security system is 111 for 3-digitsecurity systems and 00111 for 5-digit securitysystems. The default Operator security codesare 000, 999, and 998 for 3-digit securitysystems, and 00000, 00999, and 00998 for5-digit security systems.

When providing Operator security codes tomachine users, owners should not provideoperators with the default codes. Instead,owners should first change the defaultOperator security codes to other values beforeproviding codes to machine users.

Once the anti-theft security system has been enabled,either as a factory installed option or field installation,the system needs to be configured. Select the lockingmethod and change the Owner and Operator securitycodes as necessary.

2-1-8 071713

PN=39

Page 40: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000504 -19-25MAR10-2/3

Selecting the Locking Method

Complete the following procedure to select the lockingmethod for the anti-theft security system. Only someonewith the Owner security code can configure the lockingmethod. There are four locking options available withinthe anti-theft security system:

• Prompt for Lock—Machine will only be locked if selectedduring EMU shutdown.• Auto Lock, 5 Minutes—Machine is locked automatically5 minutes after operator turns key switch to OFFposition.• Auto Lock, 60 Minutes—Machine is locked automatically60 minutes after operator turns key switch to OFFposition.• Anti-Theft Off—Machine is not locked.

1. Press the MENU button on the EMU to access theMain Menu.

2. Press the NEXT button until “Main Menu AntiTheft”displays.

3. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheftChange Codes”.

4. Press the NEXT button to display “AntiTheft LockMode”.

5. Press the SELECT button to display “Enter OwnerCode 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Owner Code 0 _ _ __ ” (5-digit system).

6. Enter the current Owner security code.

The current locking method displays.

7. Press the NEXT button to display the appropriatelocking method:

• Turn ATS Off• Prompt to Lock• Auto Lock in 5 Min• Auto Lock in 60 Min

8. Press the SELECT button to select the displayedlocking method.

9. The selected locking method displays for 2 secondsbefore the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code

IMPORTANT: If you do not intend to use all threeavailable Operator security codes, make sureyou change the codes you will not be usingto something other then their default values.Leaving access to the machine by means ofdefault codes is not recommended.

The following rules apply when changing security codes:

• An Operator security code can only be changed if thatsecurity code or the Owner security code is used duringthe change procedure.

• The Owner security code can be used to reset all codesback to their defaults by accessing the RESET ALLCODES menu option.• The anti-theft security system resets all Operatorsecurity codes and the Owner security code to thedefault values when the Master security code is used toenable the system.• The Owner security code can only be changed bysomeone using the Owner security code. The Ownersecurity code must be entered before changing thatcode.

1. Press the MENU button on the EMU to access theMain Menu.

2. Press the NEXT button until “Main Menu AntiTheft”displays.

3. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheftChange Codes”.

4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows: “ChangeCodes Operator 1 Code”.

5. If changing a different Operator security code or theOwner security code, press the NEXT button to displaythe appropriate security code to change. Proceed tonext step.

6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “EnterCurrent Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Enter CurrentCode 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system).

7. Enter the current Operator security code or Ownersecurity code for the code to be changed.

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button tochange the number displayed in the active (flashing)field. The NEXT button increments the current digit;the BACK button decrements the current digit.

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the numberdisplayed (flashing) in the active field and shift theactive field to the next digit to the right.

NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the lastdigit (third digit or fifth digit depending on systemconfiguration) processes the entered securitycode. If the code is incorrect, an error messageappears on the monitor display.

The anti-theft security system allows threeattempts to enter a valid security code beforerequiring the key switch to be turned OFF andON to restart the process.

8. Enter the new security code.

9. The new security code displays for 3 seconds beforethe EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

Resetting Operator and Owner Security Codes

1. Press the MENU button on the EMU to access theMain Menu.

2-1-9 071713

PN=40

Page 41: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,0000504 -19-25MAR10-3/3

2. Press the NEXT button until “Main Menu AntiTheft”displays.

3. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheftChange Codes”.

4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “ChangeCodes Operator 1 Code”.

5. Press the NEXT button until “Change Codes ResetAll Codes” displays.

6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “EnterOwner Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Enter OwnerCode 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system).

7. Enter the current Owner security code.

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button tochange the number displayed in the active (flashing)field. The NEXT button increments the current digit;the BACK button decrements the current digit.

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the numberdisplayed (flashing) in the active field and shift theactive field to the next digit to the right.

NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the lastdigit (third digit or fifth digit depending on systemconfiguration) processes the entered securitycode. If the code is incorrect, an error messageappears on the monitor display.

The anti-theft security system allows threeattempts to enter a valid security code beforerequiring the key switch to be turned OFF andON to restart the process.

8. The anti-theft security system resets the Owner andthree Operator security codes to their defaults of“111”, “000”, “999”, and “998”, respectively, for 3-digitsecurity systems, and “00111”, “00000”, “00999”, and“00998” for 5-digit security systems.

9. The default codes display before the EMU returns tothe normal display mode menu.

NOTE: If the owner code is not available, securitycodes can be reset using the Master securitycode, which a John Deere dealer can obtainthrough DealerNet. Complete the anti-theft securitysystem enable procedure to reset security codesusing the Master security code.

Changing System Security Code Length

Use this procedure to select the length of security codeto use with the anti-theft security system, either 3-digit or5-digit. The system default is 3-digit.

1. Press the MENU button on the EMU to access theMain Menu.

2. Press the NEXT button until “Main Menu Antitheft”displays.

3. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheftChange Codes”.

4. Press the NEXT button until “AntiTheft Number ofDigits” displays.

5. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “EnterOwner Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Enter OwnerCode 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system).

6. Enter the current Owner security code.

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button tochange the number displayed in the active (flashing)field. The NEXT button increments the current digit;the BACK button decrements the current digit.

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the numberdisplayed (flashing) in the active field and shift theactive field to the next digit to the right.

NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the lastdigit (third digit or fifth digit depending on systemconfiguration) processes the entered securitycode. If the code is incorrect, an error messageappears on the monitor display.

The anti-theft security system allows threeattempts to enter a valid security code beforerequiring the key switch to be turned OFF andON to restart the process.

7. The current Antitheft System will be displayed, either“Select to Enable 3-Digit Codes” or “Select to Enable5-Digit Codes.” To change the selection, press theNEXT button to cycle between the different systemsand then press the SELECT button to activate. At thispoint, all codes will be set to anti-theft system defaults,but the system locking method will remain unchanged.

2-1-10 071713

PN=41

Page 42: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,0000507 -19-23NOV09-1/1

OUT4001,000050A -19-25AUG10-1/1

Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) onEngagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)

1. Turn machine key switch ON to power up all controllersin the system.

2. Wait several seconds until start up screens are donesequencing. Then press MENU button to go to themain menu screen.

3. Press the NEXT button until EMU displays MAINMENU CODES. Press the SELECT button.

4. CODES ACTIVE displays.

• Press SELECT to view active DTCs,OR• Press NEXT button to go to CODES STOREDscreen. Then press SELECT to view stored DTCs.

NOTE: If no DTCs are present, NO ACTIVE CODES orNO STORED CODES appears on the display.

5. To view active or stored DTC information:

• Press the NEXT button to scroll through list of codes.• Press the SELECT button to view DTC details.• Press the BACK button to move up one menu level.

Gauges and Indicator Lights

TX1066719

20 21 1

1918

2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14

16 17

15

TX1066719—UN—23OCT09

1—Engagement and Monitor Unit(EMU) Display

2—Fuel Gauge3—Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge4— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch

Indicator5—Seat Belt Switch Indicator

6—Cab Door Switch Indicator7—Hydraulics OFF Indicator8—Park Brake Indicator9—Two Speed Indicator10— STOP Indicator11— Engine Low Oil Pressure

Indicator

12— Hydraulic Oil TemperatureIndicator

13— Low Alternator or BatteryVoltage Indicator

14— Engine Air Filter RestrictionIndicator

15— Hydraulic Oil FilterRestriction Indicator

16— Creep Mode Indicator17— Hydraulic High Flow

Indicator18— MENU Button19— BACK Button20— SELECT Button21— NEXT Button

2-1-11 071713

PN=42

Page 43: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,000050B -19-29OCT09-1/1

OUT4001,000050C -19-28OCT09-1/1

Gauge and Indicator Light Functions

1—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Display:Displays vital operating information, hours, diagnostictrouble codes, diagnostics, and to configure units ofmeasure.

2—Fuel Gauge: Indicates amount of fuel in fuel tank.

3—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge: Indicatesengine coolant temperature.

4—Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Indicator: Redindicator will light when interlocking seat bar is in theraised position.

5—Seat Belt Switch Indicator: Red indicator will lightwhen interlocking seat bar is in the raised position andfor 5 seconds after the interlocking seat bar is lowered toremind operator that seat belt is not fastened.

6—Cab Door Switch Indicator: Red indicator will lightwhen cab door is open.

7—Hydraulics OFF Indicator: Red indicator will lightwhen hydraulics are disabled.

8—Park Brake Indicator: Red indicator will light whenpark brake is engaged.

9—Two Speed Indicator: Amber indicator will light whentwo speed shift is in high range.

10—STOP Indicator: Red indicator will light whenmachine should be shut down.

11—Engine Low Oil Pressure Indicator: Red indicatorwill light when engine oil pressure is too low.

12—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator: Red indicatorwill light when hydraulic oil temperature is too high.

13—Low Alternator or Battery Voltage Indicator:Amber indicator will light when alternator output is low orbattery voltage is low.

14—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator: Amberindicator will light when air filter elements are restricted.

15—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator: Amberindicator will light when hydraulic filter element is restricted.

16—Creep Mode Indicator: Amber indicator will lightwhen machine is in creep mode.

17—Hydraulic High Flow Indicator: Amber indicator willlight when hydraulic high flow is activated.

18—MENU Button: Press button to scroll through menuoptions on the engagement and monitor unit.

19—BACK Button: Press button to return to previousmenu options.

20—SELECT Button: Press button to select a menu oran item under a menu.

21—NEXT Button: Press button to move forward throughmenu options.

Auto Shutdown With Alarm

The machine is equipped with automatic shutdown toprevent machine damage.

• Engine coolant temperature gauge will indicate full hot,the alarm will sound, STOP indicator will flash, and theengagement and monitor unit (EMU) will shut the enginedown after 5 seconds when engine coolant temperatureis too high. The engine can be restarted and will run for30 seconds before it will shut down again.• Oil pressure indicator will light, the alarm will sound,STOP indicator will flash, and the EMU will shut the

engine down after 5 seconds when engine oil pressureis too low. The engine can be restarted and will run for30 seconds before it will shut down again.• Hydraulic oil temperature indicator will light, the alarmwill sound, STOP indicator will flash, and the EMU willshut the engine down after 5 minutes when hydraulic oiltemperature is too high. The engine can be restartedand will run for 30 seconds before it will shut down again.

2-1-12 071713

PN=43

Page 44: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,000050D -19-27MAR13-1/1

Continued on next page OUT4001,000050E -19-25MAR10-1/4

Interlocking Seat BarInterlocking seat bar (1) must be lowered after sittingin the operator's seat in order for hydraulic and travelfunctions to operate.

Adjusting the Interlocking Seat Bar

1. Loosen lock nut (2) on right side of the interlockingseat bar.

2. Turn adjustable stop (3) clockwise to adjust seat barlower. Turn adjustable stop counterclockwise to adjustseat bar higher.

3. Tighten lock nut when finished with adjustment.

4. Repeat procedure on left side of the interlocking seatbar to match.

1— Interlocking Seat Bar2—Lock Nut

3—Adjustable Stop

TX1066761A

—UN—23OCT09

Interlocking Seat Bar

TX1119802—UN—07AUG12

Locking Seat Bar Adjustment

Cab Door—If EquippedIf machine is equipped with a cab door, the cab door mustbe closed in order to enable boom and bucket functions.

Entering and Exiting the Cab

When entering the cab, pull handle (1) outward and openthe door. Use handholds for assistance.

When exiting the cab, ensure engine is OFF and parkbrake is engaged. Raise interlocking seat bar. Hold on tobar (2) and push button (3) up with thumb or palm of hand.Swing door open and exit the cab safely using handholds.

1—Handle2—Bar

3—Button

TX1066866A

—UN—27OCT09

View Shown From Outside the Cab

TX1066865A

—UN—27OCT09

View Shown From Inside the Cab

2-1-13 071713

PN=44

Page 45: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

Continued on next page OUT4001,000050E -19-25MAR10-2/4

Removing and Installing Door

IMPORTANT: Handle door safely. When removingdoor, be aware that it is breakable.

To remove the door:

1. Park machine.

2. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

3. Engage park brake and turn engine OFF.

4. Remove the wire retainer (4) on gas shock rod (5) byrotating the wire retainer off of the shaft and pullingout. Remove gas shock rod from ball joint. Install wireretainer into shaft for storage.

5. Disconnect wiper motor harness connector (6).

6. Disconnect washer fluid line (7). Make sure to leavethe check valve (8) connected to the fluid line insidethe cab.

7. On outside of machine, remove cotter pin (9) andwasher from top hinge pin. Store appropriately.

8. Open door until the stop (10) hits on door frame.

9. Using handles on inside of the door, carefully lift thedoor until the stop clears the door frame.

SpecificationDoor—Weight.................................................................................. 22 kg

48 lb

10. Door can then be rotated further until the hinge andhandhold do not contact.

11. Carefully lift door the rest of the way off and store in aprotected area.

To install the door:

1. Park machine.

2. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

3. Engage park brake and turn engine OFF.

4. Carefully lift door. Start by having the door in the 180°open position from the front of the machine. Line uphinges with hinge pins and partially install. Slowlyrotate door 90°, making sure to stay clear of handhold.Fully slide hinges down onto hinge pins.

5. Install cotter pin (9) and washer.

IMPORTANT: Wiper assembly must be connectedso machine knows that a door is present. Ifthe wiper assembly is not connected when adoor is present, machine will allow the boomto function with the door in the open positionwhich may result in damage to the door.

6. Connect washer fluid line (7) and wiper motor harnessconnector (6).

7. Remove wire retainer (4) from gas shock rod (5).

TX1066868A

—UN—12NOV09

View Shown From Inside the Cab

TX1067684A

—UN—12NOV09

TX1066919A

—UN—12NOV09

4—Wire Retainer5—Gas Shock Rod6—Wiper Motor Harness

Connector7—Washer Fluid Line

8—Check Valve9—Cotter Pin10— Stop

8. Install gas shock rod on ball joint. Install wire retainer.

9. Verify door seals and closes properly. If adjustment isneeded, see following Door Adjustment story.

2-1-14 071713

PN=45

Page 46: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

Continued on next page OUT4001,000050E -19-25MAR10-3/4

Door Adjustment

TX1074040A

—UN—16MAR10

Striker Bolt

TX1074094A

—UN—16MAR10

Hinge Fasteners

If door needs to be adjusted to seal properly, proceed withthe following steps:

1. Position the striker bolt (11) toward the front, bottomof the mounting hole, and lightly tighten the nut. Moreadjustment may be required later.

2. Loosen the three hinge fasteners (12). Cycle the dooropen and close several times.

NOTE: The top hinge holes are slotted so door canmove slightly to get the proper fit.

3. Slide the upper part of hinge (13) to the left or rightso there is approximately 3 mm (1/8 in) gap betweenstriker bolt and upper jaw of latch (14).

4. Lightly tighten the three hinge fasteners.

5. Latch door and verify that there is approximately 1mm (1/32—1/16 in) of compression on door seal nearthe upper, latch-side corner of the door. If there istoo much compression and door latches with difficulty(door will be harder to close when the side windowsare closed), adjust the striker forward. If there is notenough compression, adjust the striker rearward.Try to keep the striker at a constant height to avoidneeding to readjust the hinge to maintain striker-latchjaw clearance.

6. After a positive seal is achieved and the effort to closethe door is acceptable, verify that the striker bolt/latchjaw clearance is still good. If not, readjust the hingeand/or striker bolt to correct the position of the strikerbolt in the latch jaw.

7. Once all adjustments are complete, fully tighten thestriker bolt and the three hinge fasteners.

11— Striker Bolt12— Hinge Fastener (3 used)

13— Upper Part of Hinge14— Upper Jaw of Latch

TX1074095A

—UN—16MAR10

Upper Part of Hinge

TX1074096A

—UN—16MAR10

Door Latch

2-1-15 071713

PN=46

Page 47: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,000050E -19-25MAR10-4/4

OUT4001,000050F -19-05NOV09-1/1

8. From inside the cab with door closed and latched,adjust the door sensor bracket (15) so there isapproximately 2 mm of space between the bracketand sensor (16). Less space is allowable, but thebracket should not touch the sensor. Fully tighten thebracket nuts when adjustment is complete.

15— Door Sensor Bracket 16— Sensor

TX1074098A

—UN—16MAR10

Door Sensor Bracket and Sensor

Opening Side Windows—If EquippedTo open side window, squeeze latch (1) and slide windowrearward.

To close side window, slide window forward until latchclicks into place.

To remove side windows:

1. Remove cap screws (2).

2. Remove glass retainer (3).

3. Slide back window section (4) forward to center offrame. Lift and pull bottom edge out towards operator.Remove back window section and place in a safe area.

4. Slide front window section (5) back to center offrame. Lift and pull bottom edge out towards operator.Remove front window section.

5. Store both sections in a protected area.

To install side windows:

1. Install front window section first, lining up grooveon bottom of window with the track in frame. Slideforward into stationary position.

2. Install back window section, lining up groove onbottom of window with the inner track in frame. Sliderearward into stationary position.

3. Install glass retainer.

4. Install cap screws.

TX1066940A

—UN—28OCT09

TX1066947A

—UN—28OCT09

1—Latch2—Cap Screw (2 used)3—Glass Retainer

4—Back Window Section5—Front Window Section

2-1-16 071713

PN=47

Page 48: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,0000514 -19-31OCT12-1/1

OUT4001,0000513 -19-31OCT12-1/1

ER79617,0000C6B -19-27MAR13-1/1

Top WindowTop window (1) is standard on cab or canopy.

Top window in cab is bolted in place and can be removedfor cleaning. To remove top window:

• Remove four knobs (2) from inside the cab.• Lift off window from outside the cab.• Store window and hardware in a protected area.

Top window in canopy is permanently installed.

1—Top Window 2—Knob (4 used) TX1066928A

—UN—28OCT09

Top Window

Rear Window (Secondary Exit)Push on bottom corner (1) of window near the instructionlabel to force window out from molding.

1—Bottom Corner

TX1066770A

—UN—23OCT09

Secondary Exit

Fire Extinguisher LocationNOTE: All fire extinguishers do not operate the same.

Read operating instructions on canister.

The portable fire extinguisher is used to aid in theextinguishing of small fires. Refer to individualmanufacturers' instructions and proper fire fightingprocedures before the need to use the fire extinguisherarises. For fire prevention safety rules, see Prevent Fires.(Section 1-2.)

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible machine damage.Replace or recharge fire extinguisher afterevery use according to the manufacturer’sinstructions.

The designated fire extinguisher location (1) is insidethe cab on either side of the rear window. Check gauge(if equipped) on fire extinguisher. If fire extinguisher isnot fully charged, recharge or replace it according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

TX1082854A

—UN—11OCT10

Fire Extinguisher Location

1—Fire Extinguisher Location

Inspect and maintain the fire extinguisher following themanufacturer’s recommendations and all local, regional,and national regulations.

2-1-17 071713

PN=48

Page 49: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,0000510 -19-27MAR13-1/1

OUT4001,0000511 -19-22OCT09-1/1

OUT4001,0000512 -19-30OCT12-1/1

12-Volt Power OutletNOTE: Machine switched power must be on for operation.

A 12-volt power outlet (1) is located in the upper leftcorner of the cab. Keep outlet free of dirt and moisturefor uninterrupted operation.

1—12-Volt Power Outlet 2—Service ADVISOR™Connector

TX1066774A

—UN—11NOV09

Power Outlet

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

Heating/Defrosting Controls—If EquippedTurn blower speed dial (1) clockwise to turnheater/defroster ON and to increase blower speed.Blower has four speed settings plus an OFF position.

Turn cab temperature control dial (2) clockwise towardsred zone for warmer air.

1—Blower Speed Dial 2—Cab Temperature ControlDial

TX1066777A

—UN—23OCT09

Air Conditioning Controls—If EquippedPush upper half of air conditioner switch (1) to turn airconditioning on.

Turn cab temperature control dial (2) counterclockwisetowards blue zone for cooler air.

Turn blower speed dial (3) clockwise to increase blowerspeed. Blower has four speed settings plus an OFFposition.

1—Air Conditioner Switch2—Cab Temperature Control

Dial

3—Blower Speed DialTX

1066778A

—UN—23OCT09

Air Conditioning Controls

2-1-18 071713

PN=49

Page 50: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,0000515 -19-11APR11-1/3

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000515 -19-11APR11-2/3

Seat AdjustmentStandard Seat—if equipped

1. Pull lever (1) up.

2. Slide seat forward or backward to desired position.

3. Release lever to lock in place.

1—Lever

TX1066792A

—UN—23OCT09

Vinyl Standard Seat

Mechanical Suspension Seat—if equipped

1. Rotate lever (1).

2. Slide seat forward or backward to desired position.

3. Release lever to lock in place.

4. Fold out handle (2) to adjust seat to weight of operator.

5. Turn handle clockwise for a heavier operator. Turnhandle counterclockwise for a lighter operator.

6. Return handle to original position.

1—Lever 2—Handle

TX1066793A

—UN—10NOV09

Vinyl Mechanical Suspension Seat

2-1-19 071713

PN=50

Page 51: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,0000515 -19-11APR11-3/3

OUT4001,0000517 -19-05NOV12-1/1

Air Suspension Seat—if equipped

1. Pull up on lever (1).

2. Slide seat forward or backward to desired position.

3. Release lever to lock in place.

NOTE: Key must be in the RUN position for raisingoperator seat. Engine does not have to be started.

4. Pull up or push down on front seat tab (2) to adjustseat to weight of operator.

5. See weight indicator (3) for correct adjustment range.

6. Pull up on handle (4) to recline back of seat to desiredcomfort.

7. Flip lumbar knob (5) up to add support to the upperback area. Flip lumbar knob down to add support tothe lower back area.

1—Lever2—Front Seat Tab3—Weight Indicator

4—Handle5—Lumbar Knob

TX1066794A

—UN—26OCT09

Cloth Air Suspension Seat

Dome LightNOTE: Dome light will turn on when operator sits in seat.

When engine is started dome light will turn off.

The dome light (1) is located on the right side of the cabceiling. Push on right or left side of lens to turn on.

1—Dome Light

TX1066805A

—UN—24OCT09

2-1-20 071713

PN=51

Page 52: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operator’s Station

OUT4001,0000518 -19-16APR13-1/1

OUT4001,0000519 -19-15APR13-1/1

Horn Button—If EquippedHorn button (1) is located on left joystick (EH machine)or left control lever (manual machine). Push-button tosound horn.

1—Horn Button (if equipped)

TX1066807A

—UN—24OCT09

EH Control

TX1066808A

—UN—24OCT09

Manual Controls Shown (with optional horn)

Beacon—If EquippedBeacon light is located on the top of operator's station.Beacon is powered by machine switched power and willbe on whenever machine switched power is on.

2-1-21 071713

PN=52

Page 53: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

DW90712,00005E8 -19-03NOV09-1/1

TX14740,00000D7 -19-06FEB08-1/1

Before Starting WorkReview the operating precautions. SeeSafety-Operating Precautions. (Section 1-3.)

Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember tofasten seat belt even during brief periods of use.

T133556—UN—24AUG00

Operator's Daily Machine Check Before Starting

Safety and Protective Device Checks

Walk around machine to clear all persons from machinearea before starting machine.

Check condition of guards, shields, and covers.

Overall Machine Checks

Check for worn or frayed electrical wires and loose orcorroded connections.

Check for bent, broken, loose, or missing boom, bucket,or sheet metal parts.

Check for loose or missing hardware.

Check for oil leaks, missing or loose hose clamps, kinkedhoses, and lines or hoses that rub against each other orother parts.

2-2-1 071713

PN=53

Page 54: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000520 -19-11APR11-1/1

Entering and Exiting Skid Steer

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury whenentering and exiting machine. Maintainthree-points of contact at all times. Do notuse controls as handholds.

Entering Machine With a Cab Door:

From the side or the front without a bucket attached:Use the boom step (1), boom handhold (2), and doorhandle (8) for first step. Use cab handhold (6), doorhandle, and footwell step (5) for next step.

From the front with a bucket attached: Use bucket step(4), boom handhold (2), and door handle (8) for first step.Continue holding boom handhold and door handle, thenstep onto boom step (1). Use cab handhold (6), doorhandle, and footwell step (5) for next step.

When the boom is raised on the boom lock: Enterfrom the front. Use cab handhold (6), door handle (8),and footwell step (5).

Entering Machine Without a Cab Door:

From the side or the front without a bucket attached:Use the boom step (1) and boom handholds (2 and 3)for first step. Use cab handholds (6 and 7) and footwellstep (5) for next step.

From the front with a bucket attached: Use bucket step(4) and boom handholds (2 and 3) for first step. Continueholding boom handholds and step onto boom step (1). Usecab handholds (6 and 7) and footwell step (5) for next step.

When the boom is raised on the boom lock: Enterfrom the front. Use cab handholds (6 and 7) and footwellstep (5).

Exiting the Machine:

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from unexpectedboom movement. Always lower boom to

TX1067270A

—UN—13NOV09

1—Boom Step2—Boom Handhold3—Boom Handhold4—Bucket Step

5—Footwell Step6—Cab Handhold7—Cab Handhold8—Door Handle

the ground or onto boom lock. Alwaysengage the park brake and stop the enginebefore exiting the machine.

1. Engage park brake and turn key switch to OFF position.2. Use handholds on inside and outside the cab for

support. Step onto the footwell step first, then boomstep, then bucket step—if equipped, and then ontothe ground.

2-2-2 071713

PN=54

Page 55: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000522 -19-14JUL10-1/1

OUT4001,0000521 -19-25JUL11-1/1

Engine Break-In PeriodNOTE: The use of break-in oils is not required for this

engine. Perform the following steps to break-in yourengine properly during the first 250 hours.

Before starting, fill engine with seasonal viscosity gradeoil and coolant meeting specifications. See Diesel EngineOil and Light Duty Diesel Engine Coolant. (Section 3-1.)

1. During the first 20 hours, avoid prolonged periods ofengine idling or sustained maximum load operation.Warm-up engine carefully and operate at normal loads.If engine will idle longer than 5 minutes, stop engine.

2. Check oil level daily or every 10 hours during enginebreak-in period. If oil must be added during this period,use John Deere Plus-50™ II oil. See Diesel EngineOil. (Section 3-1.)

IMPORTANT: DO NOT operate engine when oil levelis below ADD mark on dipstick. Check oil levelbefore starting engine for the first time. SeeCheck Engine Oil Level. (Section 3-4.)

3. Watch oil pressure and coolant temperature closelyduring break-in period. Also check coolant level dailyor every 10 hours and check for leaks.

4. Check alternator belt for proper alignment and seatingin pulley grooves.

5. Change oil and oil filter after first 250 hours. Fillcrankcase with seasonal viscosity grade oil. SeeDiesel Engine Oil (Section 3-1.) and Change EngineOil and Replace Filter. (Section 3-6.)

Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company.

Starting the Engine1. Fasten seat belt.

2. Lower interlocking seat bar.

3. Be sure all drive and auxiliary hydraulic controls arein neutral.

4. Engage park brake.

NOTE: The engine control unit (ECU) will default enginespeed to slow idle on engine startup regardless ofengine speed control dial position. Move enginespeed control dial to slow idle position and thenincrease the setting to the desired speed to getthe engine speed to increase.

5. Turn engine speed control dial (1) forward to 1/3position.

6. Turn key switch to RUN position, but do not crankengine.

7. Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU). Enginelow oil pressure indicator will be lit until engine starts.

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible machine damage. Donot crank starter continuously for more than45 seconds or you may damage starter.

Do not use ether or any other type ofstarting fluid on engines.

Do not tow the machine to start it. Damageto hydrostatic system will occur.

8. Turn key switch to START position.

NOTE: If engine does not start within 45 seconds, turnkey switch to OFF position and allow starter tocool for 1 minute before trying again.

TX1067021A

—UN—29OCT09

1—Engine Speed Control Dial

9. Release key when engine starts.

a. A warning light bulb check is performed each timemachine is started.

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage of hydraulics andengine in temperatures below 0°C (32°F),run engine at slow idle for 10 minutesbefore operating controls.

b. Always allow engine to warm up before applying aload.

10. Run at 1/3 speed for 30 seconds. Do not run at fast orslow idle. Do not accelerate rapidly during warm-up.

11. Operate machine at less-than-normal loads andspeeds until engine is at normal operating temperature.

2-2-3 071713

PN=55

Page 56: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000524 -19-16SEP11-1/1

LB82152,0000759 -19-04JAN13-1/1

Cold Weather Starting

NOTE: It is normal for battery voltage indicator tolight when glow plugs are active.

NOTE: Recommended oils for improved startingperformance, see Operating in Cold TemperatureClimates. (Section 3-1.)

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible machine damage. Donot crank starter continuously for more than 45seconds, or the starter may be damaged.

If engine does not start within 45 seconds, turnkey switch to OFF position and allow starter tocool for 1 minute before trying again.

Do not use ether or any other type ofstarting fluid on engines.

Do not tow the machine to start it, or damageto hydrostatic system will occur.

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to hydraulics andengine in temperatures below 0°C (32°F),run engine at slow idle for 10 minutesbefore operating controls.

1. Turn key switch to RUN position. If engine coolanttemperature is low, the engagement and monitor unit(EMU) will display a glow plug icon, text stating Wait toStart, and the count down of the seconds remainingbefore the engine should be started.

2. Once countdown is completed, the EMU will displaytext stating Ready to Start Engine for 2 seconds, andthen return to the normal run-time screen.

3. Turn key switch to the START position and releasekey when engine starts.

Engine Block Heater—If Equipped

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from electricalshock. Use grounded cord and inspect fordamage before connecting to power source.

IMPORTANT: Prevent property damage as a resultof possible fire from an overheated electricalcord. Use a heavy-duty, grounded cord toconnect heater to electrical power.

Supply voltage for engine block heater can be220 V or 110 V. Ensure the correct engine blockheater is used for the correct supply voltage.

NOTE: Engine block heater is recommended whenambient temperature is below 5°F (-15°C).

The engine block heater allows for quicker start andwarmup during cold weather temperatures.

Connect engine block heater cord (1) to electrical power aminimum of 4 hours before starting engine.

TX1067048A

—UN—29OCT09

Engine Block Heater Cord

1—Engine Block Heater Cord

2-2-4 071713

PN=56

Page 57: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000526 -19-30OCT12-1/1

OUT4001,0000527 -19-10NOV09-1/1

Engine Speed ControlThere are two ways to control engine speed:

• Engine speed control dial (1)• Engine speed control pedal (2)All machines will have both the engine speed controldial and engine speed control pedal, unless machine isequipped with hydraulic hand and foot controls, then it willonly have the engine speed control dial.

NOTE: The engine control unit (ECU) will default enginespeed to slow idle on engine startup regardless ofengine speed control dial position. Move enginespeed control dial to slow idle position and thenincrease the setting to the desired speed to getthe engine speed to increase.

1—Engine Speed Control Dial 2—Engine Speed ControlPedal

TX1124955—UN—30OCT12

TX1067049A

—UN—29OCT09

Stopping the Engine1. Move steering control levers (manual machines) or

joysticks (EH machines) to neutral position to stopmachine.

2. Move auxiliary hydraulic controls to neutral position.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected boom movement. Never exitmachine with boom raised unless boomis resting on boom lock.

3. Lower boom completely to ground. If boom is toremain in raised position, use boom lock.

4. Engage park brake.

5. Turn engine speed control dial to slow idle position.

6. Turn key switch to OFF position.

7. Raise interlocking seat bar.

8. Release seat belt.

2-2-5 071713

PN=57

Page 58: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000528 -19-10NOV09-1/1

Boom LockBoom lock (2) is used whenever it is necessary to leavemachine with boom in a raised position.

Locking boom in raised position:

1. Remove any attachment.

2. Park machine on level surface.

3. Raise boom a short distance above boom lock.

4. Rotate red boom lock lever (1) towards seat to extendboom lock to locked position.

5. Slowly lower boom onto boom lock.

Disengaging boom lock:

1. Raise boom a short distance off of boom lock.

2. Rotate red boom lock lever away from seat to retractthe boom lock to the unlocked position.

3. Slowly lower boom to the ground.

1—Boom Lock Lever 2—Boom Lock

TX1067051A

—UN—29OCT09

Boom Lock Lever

TX1067052A

—UN—30OCT09

Boom Lock

2-2-6 071713

PN=58

Page 59: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000529 -19-14JAN11-1/1

Boom Release

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected boom movement. Never exitmachine with boom raised unless boomis resting on boom lock.

Boom release mechanism is to be used when boom is ina partially raised position and engine is stopped and willnot start.

Manual Controls

1. Close cab door, if equipped.

2. Fasten seat belt.

3. Lower interlocking seat bar.

4. Remove wing screw (1) from cover in lower left cornerof cab. Remove cover.

5. Turn key switch to RUN position. Do not start engine.

6. Cycle park brake to middle position.

7. Pull up handle (2) and hold.

8. Actuate boom function:

• For Hand and Foot Machine—press down on frontof left pedal.• For Hands Only Machine—pivot left control levertowards operator.

9. Lower boom.

EH Controls

1. Close cab door, if equipped.

2. Fasten seat belt.

3. Lower interlocking seat bar.

4. Turn key switch to RUN position. Do not start engine.

TX1067098A

—UN—30OCT09

Boom Release Cover

TX1067099A

—UN—30OCT09

Boom Release Handle

1—Wing Screw 2—Handle

5. Cycle park brake to middle position.

6. Actuate boom function by moving right joystick forward.

7. Lower boom.

If boom does not lower, see your authorized dealer.

2-2-7 071713

PN=59

Page 60: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,000052A -19-04NOV09-1/1

Steering—Manual ControlsTo steer the machine:

NOTE: The left control lever (1) controls left drive andthe right control lever (2) controls right drive.

• Push both control levers forward at the same time togo forward.• Pull both control levers back at the same time to gobackward.• Push one control lever forward and pull the other controllever back at the same time to make a short turn.• Slowly return control levers to neutral position to stop.1—Left Control Lever 2—Right Control Lever

1 2

TX1067108—UN—03NOV09

Hand and Foot Machine Shown

1 2

TX1067109—UN—03NOV09

Hands Only Machine Shown

2-2-8 071713

PN=60

Page 61: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

Continued on next page OUT4001,000052C -19-20NOV09-1/2

Operating Boom—Manual ControlsHand and Foot Machines

The left foot pedal (1) controls the boom:

• Push back of foot pedal down to raise boom.• Push front of foot pedal down to lower boom.• Boom will move faster the farther the foot pedal ispushed down.• Foot pedal will return to neutral-hold position whenreleased if not in float position.

Float position:

Relieves down pressure on boom cylinders, and allowsboom and attachment to float with contour of the ground.

• Push front of foot pedal down into detent position toengage float. Boom will stay in float until the rear offoot pedal is pushed down.

1—Left Foot Pedal

1

TX1068061—UN—20NOV09

Left Foot Pedal

TX1067116—UN—04NOV09

Left Foot Pedal Operation—Hand and Foot Machine

2-2-9 071713

PN=61

Page 62: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,000052C -19-20NOV09-2/2

Hands Only Machines

The left control lever (2) controls the boom:

• Pivot control lever left to raise boom.• Pivot control lever right to lower boom.• Boom will move faster the farther the control lever ismoved.

Float position:

Relieves down pressure on boom cylinders, and allowsboom and attachment to float with contour of the ground.

• Push control lever down toward seat and into detentposition to engage float.

2—Left Control Lever

2

TX1067297—UN—05NOV09

Left Control Lever

TX1067119—UN—04NOV09

Left Control Lever Operation—Hands Only Machine

2-2-10 071713

PN=62

Page 63: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

Continued on next page OUT4001,000052E -19-10NOV09-1/2

Operating Bucket—Manual ControlsHand and Foot Machines

The right foot pedal (1) controls the bucket:

• Push back of foot pedal down to roll bucket back.• Push front of foot pedal down to dump bucket.• Bucket will move faster the farther the foot pedal ispushed down.• Foot pedal will return to neutral-hold position when itis released.

1—Right Foot Pedal

1

TX1067303—UN—04NOV09

Right Foot Pedal

TX1067117—UN—04NOV09

Right Foot Pedal Operation—Hand and Foot Machine

2-2-11 071713

PN=63

Page 64: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,000052E -19-10NOV09-2/2

Continued on next page OUT4001,000052B -19-11APR11-1/2

Hands Only Machines

The right control lever (2) controls the bucket:

• Pivot control lever left to roll back bucket.• Pivot control lever right to dump bucket.• Bucket will move faster the farther the control lever ismoved.

2—Right Control Lever

2

TX1067302—UN—04NOV09

Right Control Lever

TX1067118—UN—04NOV09

Right Control Lever Operation—Hands Only Machine

Steering—EH Controls

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from unexpectedmachine movement. If EH machine is equippedwith performance package, be aware that thereare two control patterns available. Always verifycontrol response before operating machine.

Steering on EH machine will use an ISO pattern, unlessthe optional performance package is ordered thatincludes the ability to switch from ISO pattern to H patterndepending on operator preference.

EH Machine

To steer machine using ISO pattern:

NOTE: The left joystick (1) controls left and right drive.

• Move left joystick in the direction of desired travel.

1

TX1067217—UN—04NOV09

ISO Pattern

1—Left Joystick

• Slowly return left joystick to neutral position to stop.

2-2-12 071713

PN=64

Page 65: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,000052B -19-11APR11-2/2

EH Machine With Performance Package—if equipped

If EH machine is equipped with performance package,steering control can be easily switched between ISOpattern or H pattern for desired operator preference.

NOTE: The active pattern—ISO Pattern Selected or HPattern Selected—will be displayed on engagementand monitor unit (EMU) at machine startup andanytime the pattern is changed.

Press upper half of pattern select switch (3) for H pattern.Press bottom half of pattern select switch for ISO pattern.

To steer machine using H pattern:

NOTE: The left joystick (1) controls left drive and theright joystick (2) controls right drive.

• Press upper half of pattern select switch for H pattern.• Push both joysticks forward at the same time to goforward.• Pull both joysticks back at the same time to go backward.• Push one joystick forward and pull the other joystickback at the same time to make a short turn.• Slowly return joysticks to neutral position to stop.1—Left Joystick2—Right Joystick

3—Pattern Select Switch

1 2

TX1067110—UN—03NOV09

Optional H Pattern

TX1067227A

—UN—03NOV09

Pattern Select Switch

2-2-13 071713

PN=65

Page 66: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

Continued on next page OUT4001,000052D -19-25JUN13-1/2

Operating Boom—EH Controls

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from unexpectedmachine movement. If EH machine is equippedwith performance package, be aware that thereare two control patterns available. Always verifycontrol response before operating machine.

ISO Pattern

The right joystick (1) controls the boom:

• Move joystick forward to lower boom.• Move joystick backward to raise boom.• Boom will move faster the farther the joystick is moved.

Float position:

Relieves down pressure on boom cylinders, and allowsboom and attachment to float with contour of the ground.

NOTE: Do not press and hold float switch (2). Holdingfloat switch can result in a diagnostic trouble code.

To activate float:

1. Activate boom down motion.2. Press and release float switch (2).3. Allow joystick to move to neutral position.

NOTE: Pressing float switch again will not deactivate float.

To deactivate float:

1. Move joystick a minimum of 10% in either direction.

1—Right Joystick 2—Float Switch

1

2

TX1067298—UN—05NOV09

Right Joystick

TX1067123—UN—04NOV09

Right Joystick Operation—ISO Pattern

2-2-14 071713

PN=66

Page 67: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,000052D -19-25JUN13-2/2

H Pattern

The left joystick (3) controls the boom:

• Pivot joystick to the left to raise boom.• Pivot joystick to the right to lower boom.• Boom will move faster the farther the joystick is moved.

NOTE: Do not press and hold float switch (4). Holding floatswitch can result in a diagnostic trouble code (DTC).

To activate float:

1. Activate boom down motion.2. Press and release float switch (4).3. Allow joystick to move to neutral position.

NOTE: Pressing float switch again will not deactivate float.

To deactivate float:

1. Move joystick a minimum of 10% in either direction.

3—Left Joystick 4—Float Switch

3

4

TX1067299—UN—05NOV09

Left Joystick

TX1067122—UN—04NOV09

Left Joystick Operation—H Pattern

2-2-15 071713

PN=67

Page 68: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

Continued on next page OUT4001,000052F -19-10NOV09-1/2

Operating Bucket—EH Controls

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from unexpectedmachine movement. If EH machine is equippedwith performance package, be aware that thereare two control patterns available. Always verifycontrol response before operating machine.

ISO Pattern

The right joystick (1) controls the bucket:

• Pivot joystick left to roll back bucket.• Pivot joystick right to dump bucket.• Bucket will move faster the farther the joystick is moved.1—Right Joystick

1

TX1067301—UN—04NOV09

Right Joystick

TX1067123—UN—04NOV09

Right Joystick Operation—ISO Pattern

2-2-16 071713

PN=68

Page 69: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,000052F -19-10NOV09-2/2

H Pattern

The right joystick (1) controls the bucket:

• Pivot joystick left to roll back bucket.• Pivot joystick right to dump bucket.• Bucket will move faster the farther the joystick is moved.1—Right Joystick

1

TX1067301—UN—04NOV09

Right Joystick

TX1067124—UN—04NOV09

Right Joystick Operation—H Pattern

2-2-17 071713

PN=69

Page 70: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000530 -19-31JAN13-1/3

Operating Auxiliary HydraulicsManual Controls

For manual controls, use right control lever (2) to operateauxiliary hydraulic functions. Connect attachment tostandard male and female couplers (7 and 8). Rollauxiliary proportional switch (4) forward or backwardto vary hydraulic flow rate and direction depending ondesired attachment function. Releasing the auxiliaryproportional switch stops all auxiliary hydraulic flow.

To set continuous auxiliary flow, press and releaseauxiliary flow set switch (3) while the proportional switch isactuated in the desired direction. This will set the auxiliaryhydraulics to run at full flow in the direction selected.Continuous auxiliary hydraulic flow will continue withoutpressing the auxiliary proportional switch. If continuousflow is active and the auxiliary proportional switch ismoved in either direction or the flow set switch is pressed,continuous flow will be cancelled and proportional auxiliaryhydraulic flow will resume.

If operator needs to exit the machine with hydraulicsenabled, press upper half of auxiliary hydraulic overrideswitch (5) momentarily to activate bypass mode. Themessage, Auxiliary Override, will appear on engagementand monitor unit (EMU) display and alarm will sound.

IMPORTANT: Avoid attachment damage. Only usehigh flow switch (6) with high flow attachments.

If attachment requires a high hydraulic flow rate tooperate, connect attachment to high flow male and femalecouplers (9 and 10), if equipped. Press upper half of highflow switch (6) momentarily to activate high flow option.Amber hydraulic high flow icon will appear on EMU.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to the attachmentmotor, always connect attachment case draincoupler (11) first when installing attachment anddisconnect last when removing attachment.

NOTE: Attachment case drain coupler is only usedwhen required by attachment.

1

3

42

TX1066657—UN—22OCT09

Manual Controls

TX1067192A

—UN—03NOV09

Auxiliary Override and High Flow Switches

TX1067104A

—UN—03NOV09

High Flow Shown

1—Left Control Lever2—Right Control Lever3—Auxiliary Flow Set Switch4—Auxiliary Proportional

Switch5—Auxiliary Hydraulic

Override Switch6—High Flow Switch (if

equipped)

7—Standard Male Coupler8—Standard Female Coupler9—High Flow Male Coupler (if

equipped)10— High Flow Female Coupler

(if equipped)11— Attachment Case Drain

Coupler (if equipped)

2-2-18 071713

PN=70

Page 71: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000530 -19-31JAN13-2/3

Manual Machine With Attachment Controls

16

3

5

47

8

2

TX1067177—UN—04NOV09

Manual Machine With Attachment Controls

TX1067181A

—UN—02NOV09

Auxiliary Override, High Flow, and Aux. Fourth Function Switches

For manual machine with attachment controls, use left andright control levers (1 and 2) to operate auxiliary hydraulicfunctions. Connect attachment to standard male andfemale couplers (12 and 13). Roll auxiliary proportionalswitch (4) forward or backward to vary hydraulic flowrate and direction depending on desired attachmentfunction. Releasing the auxiliary proportional switch stopsall auxiliary hydraulic flow.

To set continuous auxiliary flow, press and releaseauxiliary flow set switch (3) while the proportional switch isactuated in the desired direction. This will set the auxiliaryhydraulics to run at full flow in the direction selected.Continuous auxiliary hydraulic flow will continue withoutpressing the auxiliary proportional switch. If continuousflow is active and the auxiliary proportional switch ismoved in either direction or the flow set switch is pressed,continuous flow will be cancelled and proportional auxiliaryhydraulic flow will resume.

If operator needs to exit the machine with hydraulicsenabled, press upper half of auxiliary hydraulic overrideswitch (9) momentarily to activate bypass mode. Themessage, Auxiliary Override, will appear on engagementand monitor unit (EMU) display and alarm will sound.

If attachment is equipped with electric 14-pin connector(17), use auxiliary second and third function switches 5,6, 7, and 8 and auxiliary fourth function switch (11) tooperate attachment.

If attachment is equipped with electric 3-pin connector(18), use auxiliary third function switches to operateattachment. Consult attachment operator’s manual forattachment functions controlled by these switches.

IMPORTANT: Avoid attachment damage. Only usehigh flow switch (10) with high flow attachments.

If attachment requires a high hydraulic flow rate tooperate, connect attachment to high flow male and female

TX1067105A

—UN—02NOV09

High Flow and Attachment Control Shown

1—Left Control Lever2—Right Control Lever3—Auxiliary Flow Set Switch4—Auxiliary Proportional

Switch5—Auxiliary Third Function A

Switch (if equipped)6—Auxiliary Third Function B

Switch (if equipped)7—Auxiliary Second Function

A Switch (if equipped)8—Auxiliary Second Function

B Switch (if equipped)9—Auxiliary Hydraulic

Override Switch

10— High Flow Switch (ifequipped)

11— Auxiliary Fourth FunctionSwitch (if equipped)

12— Standard Male Coupler13— Standard Female Coupler14— High Flow Male Coupler (if

equipped)15— High Flow Female Coupler

(if equipped)16— Attachment Case Drain

Coupler (if equipped)17— Electric 14-Pin Connector

(if equipped)18— Electric 3-Pin Connector

(if equipped)

couplers (14 and 15), if equipped. Press upper half of highflow switch (10) momentarily to activate high flow option.Amber hydraulic high flow icon will appear on EMU.

NOTE: Attachment case drain coupler (16) is onlyused when required by attachment.

2-2-19 071713

PN=71

Page 72: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000530 -19-31JAN13-3/3

EH Controls

16

5

47

83

2

TX1067175—UN—04NOV09

EH Controls

TX1067181A

—UN—02NOV09

Auxiliary Override, High Flow, and Aux. Fourth Function Switches

For EH controls, use left and right joysticks (1 and 2) tooperate auxiliary hydraulic functions. Connect attachmentto standard male and female couplers (12 and 13). Rollauxiliary proportional switch (4) forward or backwardto vary hydraulic flow rate and direction depending ondesired attachment function. Releasing the auxiliaryproportional switch stops all auxiliary hydraulic flow.

To set continuous auxiliary flow, press and release theauxiliary flow set switch (3) while the proportional switch isactuated in the desired direction. This will set the auxiliaryhydraulics to run at full flow in the direction selected.Continuous auxiliary hydraulic flow will continue withoutpressing the auxiliary proportional switch. If continuousflow is active and the auxiliary proportional switch ismoved in either direction or the flow set switch is pressed,continuous flow will be cancelled and proportional auxiliaryhydraulic flow will resume.

If operator needs to exit the machine with hydraulicsenabled, press upper half of auxiliary hydraulic overrideswitch (9) momentarily to activate bypass mode. Themessage, Auxiliary Override, will appear on engagementand monitor unit (EMU) display and alarm will sound.

If attachment is equipped with electric 14-pin connector(17), use auxiliary second and third function switches 5,6, 7, and 8 and auxiliary fourth function switch (11) tooperate attachment.

If attachment is equipped with electric 3-pin connector(18), use auxiliary third function switches to operateattachment. Consult attachment operator’s manual forattachment functions controlled by these switches.

IMPORTANT: Avoid attachment damage. Only usehigh flow switch (10) with high flow attachments.

If attachment requires a high hydraulic flow rate tooperate, connect attachment to high flow male and female

TX1067105A

—UN—02NOV09

High Flow and Attachment Control Shown

1—Left Joystick2—Right Joystick3—Auxiliary Flow Set Switch4—Auxiliary Proportional

Switch5—Auxiliary Third Function A

Switch6—Auxiliary Third Function B

Switch7—Auxiliary Second Function

A Switch8—Auxiliary Second Function

B Switch9—Auxiliary Hydraulic

Override Switch

10— High Flow Switch (ifequipped)

11— Auxiliary Fourth FunctionSwitch (if equipped)

12— Standard Male Coupler13— Standard Female Coupler14— High Flow Male Coupler (if

equipped)15— High Flow Female Coupler

(if equipped)16— Attachment Case Drain

Coupler (if equipped)17— Electric 14-Pin Connector

(if equipped)18— Electric 3-Pin Connector

(if equipped)

couplers (14 and 15), if equipped. Press upper half of highflow switch (10) momentarily to activate high flow option.Amber hydraulic high flow icon will appear on EMU.

NOTE: Attachment case drain coupler (16) is onlyused when required by attachment.

2-2-20 071713

PN=72

Page 73: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

KH31969,0000018 -19-25MAR11-1/1

Continued on next page KH31969,0000019 -19-22SEP11-1/2

Hydraulic System Pressure Release—EHControls

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluidunder pressure, stop engine and relieve thepressure in the system before disconnecting orconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten allconnections before applying pressure.

Use this procedure to relieve trapped hydraulic systempressure before performing hydraulic system repairs ortests.

1. Sit in seat. Close cab door if equipped.

2. Lower interlocking seat bar.

3. Turn key to run position. Do not start engine.

4. Switch park brake switch to middle position to engagehydraulic functions.

5. Raise and then lower interlocking seat bar.

CAUTION: To prevent crushing injury, onlyperform hydraulic system pressure releasewith boom down or boom up with boomlock engaged. To lower boom manually, seeBoom Release in this section.

6. Cycle both the boom and bucket functions.

7. Stop cycling functions once pressure has beenreleased.

8. Cycle auxiliary hydraulic functions.

9. Stop cycling auxiliary hydraulic functions oncepressure has been released.

10. Engage park brake and turn key switch to off.

Hydraulic System Pressure Release—ManualControls

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluidunder pressure, stop engine and relieve thepressure in the system before disconnecting orconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten allconnections before applying pressure.

This procedure is to relieve trapped hydraulic systempressure before performing hydraulic system repairs ortests.

1. Sit in seat. Close cab door if equipped.

2. Lower interlocking seat bar.

3. Turn key to run position. Do not start engine.

4. Switch park brake switch to middle position to engagehydraulic functions.

5. Raise and then lower interlocking seat bar.

6. Remove access cover (9).TX

1066128A

—UN—05APR10

Boom Release Handle Access Cover

9—Access Cover

2-2-21 071713

PN=73

Page 74: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

KH31969,0000019 -19-22SEP11-2/2

7. Pull up on boom release handle (123) and hold.

CAUTION: To prevent crushing injury, onlyperform hydraulic system pressure releasewith boom down or boom up with boomlock engaged. To lower boom manually, seeBoom Release in this section.

8. Cycle both the boom and bucket functions.

9. Stop cycling functions once pressure has beenreleased.

10. Cycle auxiliary hydraulics function.

11. Stop cycling auxiliary hydraulics function oncepressure has been released.

12. Engage park brake and turn key switch to off.

TX1066129A

—UN—29OCT09

Boom Release Handle

123— Boom Release Handle

2-2-22 071713

PN=74

Page 75: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000532 -19-23MAR11-1/2

Using Attachment MountingSystem—Quik-Tatch™Manual Quik-Tatch™

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Be careful notto pinch hands between latch handle and step orlatch handle and attachment. DO NOT try to latchor unlatch handles from operator's station.

Installing an attachment:

1. Park machine on level surface.

2. Lift latch handles (1) up to unlatched position. Be surelatch handles are all the way up so lock pins are fullyretracted.

3. Enter machine, fasten seat belt, and lower interlockingseat bar. Start engine. Disengage park brake.

4. Tilt mounting plates (2) forward.

5. Drive forward. Raise boom and guide top of mountingplates under attachment mounting brackets (3).

6. Raise and roll back mounting plates. The back ofattachment should rest against front of mountingplates.

7. When attachment is fully supported, lower boom untilboom is resting on boom stops.

8. Roll attachment out, stopping with bottom edge ofattachment about 50 mm (2 in.) from ground.

9. Engage park brake, stop engine, raise interlockingseat bar, unfasten seat belt and exit machine.

10. Push the two latch handles down to lock attachmentto Quik-Tatch™.

11. Enter machine, fasten seat belt, and lower interlockingseat bar.

12. Start engine and disengage park brake.

13. Activate boom cylinders to raise attachment and extendbucket cylinders to tilt attachment at a slight downwardangle so that bottom of Quik-Tatch™ is visible.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury fromfalling attachment. Be sure pins and latch handlesare secure before operating boom and bucket.

If attachment is not securely latched, followthe removal procedure, and then repeatinstallation procedure.

14. Visually inspect attachment mechanism to verify thatpins are fully engaged in slots on back of attachment.

TX1067234A

—UN—03NOV09

Manual Quik-Tatch™

1—Latch Handle (2 used)2—Mounting Plate (2 used)

3—Mounting Bracket (2 used)

IMPORTANT: Avoid excessive pin wear. Keep thepin area clear of dirt and debris. If the pinwill not fully engage or if wear is detected,see your authorized dealer.

15. Before connecting hydraulic hoses, relieve hydraulicsystem pressure. See Hydraulic System PressureRelease. (Section 2-2.)

16. Connect attachment hydraulic hoses and electricalconnections to machine, if equipped.

Removing the attachment:

1. Park machine.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injuryfrom falling attachment. Be sure attachmentis on the ground before continuing.

2. Lower boom until attachment is securely resting onground.

3. Disconnect hydraulic hoses from couplers, if needed.

4. Pull latch handles up to unlatched position to releasepins from lower attachment tabs. Be sure latchhandles are fully raised.

5. Enter machine, fasten seat belt, and lower interlockingseat bar.

6. Start engine and disengage park brake.

7. Tilt mounting plate forward and back machine awayfrom attachment at the same time.

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company

2-2-23 071713

PN=75

Page 76: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000532 -19-23MAR11-2/2

Electric Quik-Tatch™

Installing an attachment:

1. Park machine on level surface.

2. Lower boom until boom is resting on boom stops.

3. Disengage park brake.

NOTE: The switch will automatically return to centerposition when released. The mounting plateswill stop at the position they are in at thetime the switch is released.

4. Press and hold lower half of Quik-Tatch™ switch (1)to retract lock pins. Red indicator should be visible inindicator window (2).

5. Tilt mounting plates (3) forward.

6. Drive forward and raise boom. Guide top of mountingplates under attachment mounting brackets.

7. Raise and rollback mounting plates. Back ofattachment should rest against front of mountingplates.

8. Lower boom until boom is resting on boom stops whenattachment is fully supported.

9. Roll attachment out. Stop with bottom edge ofattachment 50 mm (2 in.) from ground.

10. Press and hold upper half of Quik-Tatch™ switch toengage lock pins. Red indicator should not be visiblein indicator window.

11. Activate lift cylinders to raise attachment and extendbucket cylinders to tilt attachment at a slight downwardangle so that the bottom of the Quik-Tatch™ is visible.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury fromfalling attachment. Be sure pins are engagedbefore operating boom and bucket. Red indicatorshould not be visible in the indicator window.

If attachment is not securely latched, followthe removal procedure, and then repeatinstallation procedure.

12. Visually inspect attachment mechanism to verify thatpins are fully engaged in slots on back of attachment.

13. Connect hydraulic hoses to couplers, if needed.

Removing the attachment:

1. Park machine on level surface.

TX1067250A

—UN—04NOV09

Electric Quik-Tatch™ Switch

TX1067235A

—UN—05NOV09

Electric Quik-Tatch™

1—Quik-Tatch™ Switch2— Indicator Window (2 used)

3—Tilt Mounting Plate (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injuryfrom falling attachment. Be sure attachmentis on the ground before continuing.

2. Lower boom until attachment is securely resting onground.

3. If attachment does not have hydraulic hosesconnected to couplers, proceed to step 4.

If attachment does have hydraulic hoses connectedto couplers:

• Engage park brake and stop engine.• Raise interlocking seat bar and unfasten seat belt.• Disconnect hydraulic hoses from couplers.• Enter machine, fasten seat belt and lowerinterlocking seat bar.• Start engine and disengage park brake.

4. Press and hold lower half of Quik-Tatch™ switch toretract lock pins. Red indicator should be visible inindicator window.

5. Tilt mounting plate forward and back machine awayfrom attachment at the same time.

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company

2-2-24 071713

PN=76

Page 77: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000534 -19-06NOV09-1/1

OUT4001,0000535 -19-03NOV09-1/1

Self Leveling Hydraulics—If Equipped

If machine is equipped with self leveling option, theattachment will remain in same relative position as theboom is raised.

NOTE: Self leveling is only operational duringboom raise function.

Press upper half of self leveling switch (1) to activatethis feature. Press lower half of self leveling switch todeactivate.

1—Self Leveling Switch

TX1067211A

—UN—03NOV09

High Flow Hydraulics—If EquippedIMPORTANT: Avoid attachment damage. Only use

high flow switch (1) with high flow attachments.

If machine is equipped with high flow hydraulics andattachment requires a high hydraulic flow rate to operate,connect attachment to high flow male and female couplers.(See Operating Auxiliary Hydraulics in this section.)

Push upper half of high flow switch (1) momentarily to turnON and activate high flow option. Amber hydraulic highflow icon will appear on EMU. Push upper half of switchagain to turn high flow option OFF.

1—High Flow Switch

TX1067231A

—UN—03NOV09

2-2-25 071713

PN=77

Page 78: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000536 -19-12OCT10-1/1

Creep Mode Operation—If EquippedNOTE: Creep mode only works with ISO control

pattern selected.

When creep mode is active, the control patterncannot be changed and the monitor will not indicatea change. Creep mode must be deactivatedbefore the pattern can change.

Creep mode is only available with EH controls and isincluded as part of the optional performance package.

Creep mode is used to limit the travel speed of themachine when the joystick is at full travel.

To activate creep mode, press creep mode switch (1)to ON position and move the joystick to neutral. Fortwo speed machines, if machine is in high range prior toactuation of the switch, the machine will also shift to lowrange when the joystick is in neutral.

Once the creep mode switch is turned on, the engagementand monitor unit (EMU) will display the speed limit settingscreen. The creep mode limit will come up at the lastsetting. The operator can press the NEXT or BACK buttonof the EMU to increase or decrease, respectively, thespeed limit setting. This number will become immediatelyactive to control the speed. Therefore, the speed limit canbe adjusted while the machine is moving. The displaywill show the percentage of allowed maximum speed in

TX1067111A

—UN—31OCT09

Creep Mode Switch

1—Creep Mode Switch

increments of 5% above 10%, and in increments of 1%below 10%. If the MENU or SELECT button is pressed,the display will return to the previous menu display andthe operator is allowed to again navigate the display asnormal. The operator can return to the speed limit settingscreen by either cycling the creep mode switch off andthen on again or by navigating the menus and selectingcreep mode.

When machine is in creep mode, the creep mode indicator(snail) will illuminate on EMU.

2-2-26 071713

PN=78

Page 79: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000537 -19-12NOV09-1/1

OUT4001,0000538 -19-10NOV09-1/1

Auto Idle OperationAuto idle can be enabled or disabled based on a selectionin the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) operatormenus.

Auto Idle—Manual Controls

Auto idle automatically commands the engine to idlespeed if the engine is left running at a speed greater thanslow idle for more than 5 seconds, the operator is not inthe machine, and auxiliary hydraulics are not enabled.

Auto idle will become active if ALL of the following are true:

1. Engine is running.2. It has been more than 30 seconds since engine start.3. Operator is out of the seat.4. Engine speed control dial or engine speed control

pedal is more than 5% above idle.5. Auxiliary hydraulics are not enabled.6. Items 1—5 have been true for longer than 5 seconds.

NOTE: AUTO IDLE will be displayed on the EMUwhen machine is in auto idle mode.

To deactivate auto idle, rotate engine speed control dial toslow idle then back to desired engine speed.

NOTE: Auto idle is also deactivated if engine is shut off.

Auto Idle—EH Controls

Auto idle automatically commands the engine to idlespeed if the engine is left running at a speed greater thanslow idle with no activation of travel, hydraulic, or auxiliaryhydraulic functions for more than 5 seconds.

Auto idle will become active if ALL of the following are true:

1. Engine is running.2. It has been more than 30 seconds since engine start.3. Park brake is released.4. Engine speed control dial or engine speed control

pedal is more than 5% above idle.5. Auxiliary hydraulics are not enabled.6. Left and right joysticks are in center position.7. No travel, boom, or bucket functions have been

activated.8. Items 1—7 have been true for longer than 5 seconds.

NOTE: AUTO IDLE will be displayed on the EMUwhen machine is in auto idle mode.

To deactivate auto idle, do any of the following:

• Adjusting engine speed control dial by more than 5%.• If engine speed control dial is not at maximum, movingengine speed control pedal by more than 5%.• Move either left or right joystick out of neutral position.• Actuate auxiliary proportional switch.NOTE: Auto idle is also deactivated if engine is shut off.

Boom and Bucket Speed Settings—IfEquippedFor EH machines with performance package only,one of three boom and bucket speed rate settings can beselected for increased performance and to suit desiredoperator preference.

Press MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit(EMU). Boom and Bucket Rate will be the first screen toappear. Press SELECT button. Cycle through rates usingthe NEXT button. Rates will appear in the following order:

• Production Rate Selected(Normal operating mode) - Provides fast responseto the joystick command. All functions attain 100%maximum speed for each function.

• Utility Rate Selected(Medium speed) - Provides slower response to thejoystick command. All functions attain 100% maximumspeed at the end of joystick travel. This setting is thedefault setting from the factory.• Precision Rate Selected(Slowest mode) - Provides slowest response to thejoystick command. Speed is limited to no less than 80%.

When desired rate appears on the screen, press SELECTbutton to set that rate and screen will return to Main Menu.Press MENU button to return to normal run-time display.

2-2-27 071713

PN=79

Page 80: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Operation—Operating the Machine

OUT4001,0000539 -19-23OCT12-1/1

Loading Machine On a TrailerIMPORTANT: Avoid damage. Never put chains

across bucket cylinders. Damage tocylinders may occur.

Do not tow machine or hydrostatic systemdamage may occur.

NOTE: Use extra caution in wet or muddy conditions.

1. Use a heavy-duty trailer to transport machine.

2. Park trailer on firm, level ground.

3. Keep trailer bed clean.

4. Place chock blocks (1) against the trailer wheels.

5. Back machine onto trailer keeping boom and/orattachment low.

6. Centerline of machine should be over centerline oftrailer.

7. Before exiting machine, lower attachment to trailerbed, engage park brake, and shut engine OFF.

8. Fasten machine securely to trailer with heavy-dutystraps, chains, or cables using tie downs (2) in frontand in rear of machine. Both front and rear strapsmust be directed down and outward from machine.

9. Trailer must have signs and lights required by law.

1—Chock Block 2—Tie Down (4 used)

TX1010855A

—UN—03AUG06

Loading Machine on a Trailer

TX1067198A

—UN—12NOV09

Front of Machine Shown—Boom Raised For Picture Clarity

TX1067199A

—UN—12NOV09

Rear of Machine Shown

2-2-28 071713

PN=80

Page 81: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

DX,FUEL1 -19-11APR11-1/1

DX,FUEL5 -19-14APR11-1/1

Diesel Fuel

Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of thediesel fuel available in your area.

In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the lowtemperature requirements of the geographical area inwhich they are marketed.

Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 arerecommended. Renewable diesel fuel produced byhydrotreating animal fats and vegetable oils is basicallyidentical to petroleum diesel fuel. Renewable diesel thatmeets EN 590 or ASTM D975 is acceptable for use at allpercentage mixture levels.

Required Fuel Properties

In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following properties:

Cetane number of 43 minimum. Cetane number greaterthan 47 is preferred, especially for temperatures below–20°C (–4°F) or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft.).

Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) should be at least 5°C(9°F) below the expected lowest temperature or CloudPoint below the expected lowest ambient temperature.

Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter of0.45 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO 12156-1.

Diesel fuel quality and sulfur content must comply withall existing emissions regulations for the area in whichthe engine operates. DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfurcontent greater than 10 000 mg/kg (10 000 ppm).

Sulfur content for Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B engines

• Use ONLY ultra low sulfur diesel (ULSD) fuel with amaximum of 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur content.

Sulfur Content for Tier 3 and Stage III A Engines

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 1000mg/kg (1000 ppm) is RECOMMENDED• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 1000–5000 mg/kg(1000–5000 ppm) REDUCES oil and filter changeintervals.

• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 5000 mg/kg (5000 ppm), contact your John Deeredealer

Sulfur Content for Tier 2 and Stage II Engines

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 500mg/kg (500 ppm) is RECOMMENDED.• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 500–5000 mg/kg(500–5000 ppm) REDUCES the oil and filter changeinterval• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 5000 mg/kg (5000 ppm), contact your John Deeredealer

Sulfur Content for Other Engines

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 5000mg/kg (5000 ppm) is recommended.• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 5000mg/kg (5000 ppm) REDUCES the oil and filter changeintervals.

IMPORTANT: Do not mix used diesel engine oil or anyother type of lubricating oil with diesel fuel.

IMPORTANT: Improper fuel additive usage maycause damage on fuel injection equipmentof diesel engines.

Lubricity of Diesel Fuel

Most diesel fuels manufactured in the United States,Canada, and the European Union have adequate lubricityto ensure proper operation and durability of fuel injectionsystem components. However, diesel fuels manufacturedin some areas of the world may lack the necessary lubricity.

IMPORTANT: Make sure the diesel fuel usedin your machine demonstrates goodlubricity characteristics.

Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter of0.45 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO 12156-1.

If fuel of low or unknown lubricity is used, add John DeereFuel-Protect Diesel Fuel Conditioner (or equivalent) atthe specified concentration.

Lubricity of Biodiesel Fuel

Fuel lubricity can improve significantly with biodieselblends up to B20 (20% biodiesel). Further increase inlubricity is limited for biodiesel blends greater than B20.

3-1-1 071713

PN=81

Page 82: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

DX,FUEL4 -19-14APR11-1/1

Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel

CAUTION: Reduce the risk of fire. Handle fuelcarefully. DO NOT fill the fuel tank when engineis running. DO NOT smoke while you fill thefuel tank or service the fuel system.

Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day's operation toprevent water condensation and freezing during coldweather.

Keep all storage tanks as full as practicable to minimizecondensation.

Ensure that all fuel tank caps and covers are installedproperly to prevent moisture from entering. Monitor watercontent of the fuel regularly.

When using biodiesel fuel, the fuel filter may require morefrequent replacement due to premature plugging.

Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine. Arising oil level may indicate fuel dilution of the engine oil.

IMPORTANT: The fuel tank is vented through thefiller cap. If a new filler cap is required, alwaysreplace it with an original vented cap.

When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there is aslow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to stabilize thefuel and prevent water condensation. Contact your fuelsupplier for recommendations.

3-1-2 071713

PN=82

Page 83: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

Continued on next page DX,FUEL7 -19-29AUG12-1/2

Biodiesel Fuel

Biodiesel fuel is comprised of mono-alkyl esters of longchain fatty acids derived from vegetable oils or animalfats. Biodiesel blends are biodiesel mixed with petroleumdiesel fuel on a volume basis.

Before using fuel containing biodiesel, review theBiodiesel Use Requirements and Recommendations inthis Operator’s Manual.

Environmental laws and regulations can encourage orprohibit the use of biofuels. Operators should consultwith appropriate governmental authorities prior to usingbiofuels.

All John Deere Engines with Exhaust Filter (Released2011 and After)

While 5% blends (B5) are preferred, biodieselconcentrations up to a 20% blend (B20) in petroleumdiesel fuel can be used. Biodiesel blends up to B20can be used ONLY if the biodiesel (100% biodiesel orB100) meets ASTM D6751, EN 14214, or equivalentspecification. Expect a 2% reduction in power and a 3%reduction in fuel economy when using B20.

Biodiesel concentrations above B20 can harm theengine’s emission control systems and should not beused. Risks include, but are not limited to, more frequentstationary regeneration, soot accumulation, and increasedintervals for ash removal.

John Deere approved fuel conditioners, which containdetergent and dispersant additives, are required whenusing B20, and are recommended when using lowerbiodiesel blends.

All John Deere Engines Excluding Exhaust Filter(Primarily Released Prior to 2012)

While 5% blends (B5) are preferred, biodieselconcentrations up to a 20% blend (B20) in petroleumdiesel fuel can be used. Biodiesel blends up to B20can be used ONLY if the biodiesel (100% biodiesel orB100) meets ASTM D6751, EN 14214, or equivalentspecification. Expect a 2% reduction in power and a 3%reduction in fuel economy when using B20.

These John Deere engines can operate on biodieselblends above B20 (up to 100% biodiesel). Operate atlevels above B20 ONLY if the biodiesel is permitted by lawand meets the EN 14214 specification (primarily availablein Europe). Engines operating on biodiesel blends aboveB20 might not fully comply with or be permitted by allapplicable emissions regulations. Expect up to a 12%reduction in power and an 18% reduction in fuel economywhen using 100% biodiesel.

John Deere approved fuel conditioners, which containdetergent and dispersant additives, are required whenusing B20, and are recommended when using lowerbiodiesel blends.

Biodiesel Use Requirements and Recommendations

The petroleum diesel portion of all biodiesel blends mustmeet the requirements of ASTM D975 (US) or EN 590(EU) commercial standards.

Biodiesel users in the U.S. are strongly encouraged topurchase biodiesel blends from a BQ-9000 CertifiedMarketer and sourced from a BQ-9000 AccreditedProducer (as certified by the National Biodiesel Board).Certified Marketers and Accredited Producers can befound at the following website: http://www.bq9000.org.

Biodiesel contains residual ash. Ash levels exceeding themaximums allowed in either ASTM D6751 or EN14214can result in more rapid ash loading and require morefrequent cleaning of the Exhaust Filter (if present).

The fuel filter can require more frequent replacement,when using biodiesel fuel, particularly if switching fromdiesel. Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine.A rising oil level can indicate fuel dilution of the engine oil.Biodiesel blends up to B20 must be used within 90 daysof the date of biodiesel manufacture. If used, biodieselblends above B20 must be used within 45 days from thedate of biodiesel manufacture.

When using biodiesel blends up to B20, the followingmust be considered:

• Cold weather flow degradation• Stability and storage issues (moisture absorption,microbial growth)• Possible filter restriction and plugging (usually a problemwhen first switching to biodiesel on used engines.)• Possible fuel leakage through seals and hoses(primarily an issue with older engines)• Possible reduction of service life of engine componentsRequest a certificate of analysis from your fuel distributorto ensure that the fuel is compliant with the specificationsprovided in this Operator’s Manual.

Consult your John Deere dealer for approved fuelconditioners to improve storage and performance withbiodiesel fuels.

The following must also be considered if using biodieselblends above B20:

• Possible coking or blocked injector nozzles, resulting inpower loss and engine misfire if John Deere approvedfuel conditioners are not used• Possible crankcase oil dilution (requiring more frequentoil changes)• Possible lacquering or seizure of internal components• Possible formation of sludge and sediments• Possible thermal oxidation of fuel at elevatedtemperatures• Possible compatibility issues with other materials(including copper, lead, zinc, tin, brass, and bronze)used in fuel handling equipment• Possible reduction in water separator efficiency• Possible damage to paint if exposed to biodiesel

3-1-3 071713

PN=83

Page 84: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

DX,FUEL7 -19-29AUG12-2/2

DX,FUEL6 -19-14APR11-1/1

• Possible corrosion of fuel injection equipment• Possible elastomeric seal and gasket materialdegradation (primarily an issue with older engines)• Possible high acid levels within fuel system• Because biodiesel blends above B20 contain moreash, using blends above B20 can result in more rapidash loading and require more frequent cleaning of theExhaust Filter (if present)

IMPORTANT: Raw pressed vegetable oils areNOT acceptable for use as fuel in anyconcentration in John Deere engines. Theiruse could cause engine failure.

Testing Diesel FuelA fuel analysis program can help to monitor the qualityof diesel fuel. The fuel analysis can provide criticaldata such as cetane number, fuel type, sulfur content,water content, appearance, suitability for cold weather

operations, bacteria, cloud point, acid number, particulatecontamination, and whether the fuel meets specification.

Contact your John Deere dealer for more information ondiesel fuel analysis.

3-1-4 071713

PN=84

Page 85: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

OUT4001,000053D -19-24MAR10-1/1

Minimizing the Effect of Cold Weather on Diesel Engines

John Deere diesel engines are designed to operateeffectively in cold weather.

However, for effective starting and cold-weatheroperation, a little extra care is necessary. The followinginformation outlines steps that can minimize the effectthat cold weather may have on starting and operation ofyour engine. See your John Deere dealer for additionalinformation and local availability of cold-weather aids.

Use Winter Grade Fuel

When temperatures fall below 0°C (32°F), winter gradefuel (No. 1-D in North America) is best suited forcold-weather operation. Winter grade fuel has a lowercloud point and a lower pour point.

Cloud point is the temperature at which wax will begin toform in the fuel and this wax causes fuel filters to plug.Pour point is the lowest temperature at which movementof the fuel is observed.

NOTE: On an average, winter grade diesel fuel has a lowerBTU (heat content) rating. Using winter grade fuelmay reduce power and fuel efficiency, but should notcause any other engine performance effects. Checkthe grade of fuel being used before troubleshootingfor low-power complaints in cold-weather operation.

CAUTION: Ether is highly flammable. Donot use ether when starting an engineequipped with glow plugs.

Coolant Heater

An engine block heater (coolant heater) is an availableoption to aid cold weather starting.

Seasonal Viscosity Oil and Proper CoolantConcentration

Use seasonal grade viscosity engine oil based on theexpected air temperature range between oil changesand a proper concentration of low silicate antifreeze asrecommended. (See DIESEL ENGINE OIL and ENGINECOOLANT requirements in this section.)

Diesel Fuel Flow Additive

Use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUELCONDITIONER (winter formula), which contains anti-gelchemistry, or equivalent fuel conditioner to treat non-winter

grade fuel (No. 2-D in North America) during thecold-weather season. This generally extends operabilityto about 10°C (18°F) below the fuel cloud point. Foroperability at even lower temperatures, use winter gradefuel.

IMPORTANT: Treat fuel when outside temperaturedrops below 0°C (32°F). For best results, usewith untreated fuel. Follow all recommendedinstructions on label.

BioDiesel

When operating with biodiesel blends, wax formationcan occur at warmer temperatures. Begin using JohnDeere PREMIUM BIODIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER(winter formula) at 5°C (41°F) to treat biodiesel fuelsduring the cold-weather season. Use B5 or lower blendsat temperatures below 0°C (32°F). Use only winter gradepetroleum diesel fuel at temperatures below -10°C (14°F).

Winterfronts

Use of fabric, cardboard, or solid winterfronts is notrecommended with any John Deere engine. Their usecan result in excessive engine coolant, oil, and chargeair temperatures. This can lead to reduced engine life,loss of power and poor fuel economy. Winterfronts mayalso put abnormal stress on fan and fan drive componentspotentially causing premature failures.

If winterfronts are used, they should never totally closeoff the grill frontal area. Approximately 25% area in thecenter of the grill should remain open at all times. At notime should the air blockage device be applied directlyto the radiator core.

Radiator Shutters

If equipped with a thermostatically controlled radiatorshutter system, this system should be regulated in such away that the shutters are completely open by the time thecoolant reaches 93°C (200°F) to prevent excessive intakemanifold temperatures. Manually controlled systems arenot recommended.

If air-to-air aftercooling is used, the shutters must becompletely open by the time the intake manifold airtemperature reaches the maximum allowable temperatureout of the charge air cooler.

For more information, see your John Deere dealer.

3-1-5 071713

PN=85

Page 86: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

MB60223,000023D -19-21NOV11-1/1

DX,ALTER -19-11APR11-1/1

OUT4001,0000523 -19-29OCT09-1/1

Operating in Cold Temperature Climates

IMPORTANT: 326D and 328D manual controlmachines only: Prevent possible damage tothe hydrostatic pump. Do not use synthetic oil(SAE 0W-40) in the hydraulic system on manualcontrol units (non-electrohydraulic).

The following oils are recommended for optimum startingperformance:

• Engine Oil SAE 0W-40• Hydraulic Oil SAE 0W-40• Hydraulic Oil 326D and 328D with manual controls SAE10W-30

(S.N. —214397)

Machines were shipped from the factory with 10W-30engine oil in the engine and hydraulic reservoir.

(S.N. 214398—)

Machines are shipped from the factory with 0W-40 engineoil in the engine.

Machines equipped with the optional cold start packageare shipped from the factory with 0W-40 engine oil in thehydraulic reservoir except for 326D and 328D manualcontrols. All 326D and 328D with manual controls areshipped with 0W-40 in the engine and 10W-30 in thehydraulic reservoir.

Machines without the optional cold start package are filledwith 10W-30 in the hydraulic reservoir.

Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants

Conditions in certain geographical areas may requirelubricant recommendations different from those printed inthis manual.

Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may notbe available in your location.

Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information andrecommendations.

Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet theperformance requirements as shown in this manual.

The temperature limits and service intervals shown inthis manual apply to both conventional and syntheticlubricants.

Re-refined base stock products may be used if thefinished lubricant meets the performance requirements.

Diesel Engine Break-In Oil

IMPORTANT: Avoid engine damage. DO NOT usebreak-in oil in this engine. See Diesel Engine Oil in this section.

3-1-6 071713

PN=86

Page 87: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

MB60223,0000237 -19-16SEP11-1/1

Diesel Engine Oil—326DUse oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

John Deere Plus-50™ II is the recommendedengine oil.

Extended service intervals may apply when John DeerePlus-50 II engine oil is used. Refer to the engine oil draininterval table and consult your John Deere dealer for moreinformation.

If John Deere Plus-50 II engine oil is not available, engineoil meeting one or more of the following may be used:

• API Service Category CJ-4• ACEA Oil Sequence E9• ACEA Oil Sequence E6

DO NOT use engine oil containing more than 1.0%sulfated ash, 0.12% phosphorus, or 0.4% sulfur.

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must complywith all existing emissions regulations for the area inwhich the engine operates.

IMPORTANT: Use only ultra low sulfur diesel(ULSD) fuel with a maximum sulfur contentof 15 mg/kg (15 ppm).

-40˚C

-30˚C

-20˚C

-10˚C

0˚C

10˚C

20˚C

30˚C

40˚C

50˚C

-40˚F

-22˚F

-4˚F

14˚F

32˚F

50˚F

68˚F

86˚F

104˚F

122˚F

SA

E 1

5W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-3

0

SA

E 0

W-4

0

SA

E 5

W-3

0

TX1050046—UN—09AUG10

Oil Viscosities for Air Temperature Ranges

Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-7 071713

PN=87

Page 88: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

MB60223,0000238 -19-16SEP11-1/1

Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals—326D

Recommended oil and filter service intervals are basedon a combination of oil pan capacity, type of engine oiland filter used, and sulfur content of the diesel fuel.Actual service intervals also depend on operation andmaintenance practices.

Use oil analysis to evaluate the condition of the oil and toaid in selection of the proper oil and filter service interval.Contact your John Deere dealer for more information onengine oil analysis.

Change the oil and oil filter at least once every 12 monthseven if the hours of operation are fewer than the otherwiserecommended service interval.

Diesel fuel sulfur content affects engine oil and filterservice intervals. Higher fuel sulfur levels reduce oil andfilter service intervals.

Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 15 mg/kg(15 ppm) is REQUIRED.

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage:

• Reduce oil and filter service intervals by 50%when using biodiesel blends greater than B20.Oil analysis may allow longer service intervals.• Use only approved oil types.

Approved Oil Types:

• John Deere Plus-50™ II.• “Other Oils” include API CJ-4, ACEA E9, and ACEA E6.

NOTE: The 500 hour extended oil and filter changeinterval is only allowed if all of the followingconditions are met:

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content lessthan 15 mg/kg (15 ppm).• Use of John Deere Plus-50™ II oil.• Use of an approved John Deere oil filter.

Engine Oil and Filter Service IntervalsJohn Deere Plus-50™ II 500 hoursOther Oils 250 hours

Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-8 071713

PN=88

Page 89: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

MB60223,0000239 -19-16SEP11-1/1

Diesel Engine Oil—328D and 332DUse oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

John Deere Plus-50™ II oil is preferred.

John Deere Plus-50 is also recommended.

Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of thefollowing:

• John Deere Torq-Gard™• API Service Category CJ-4• API Service Category CI-4 PLUS• API Service Category CI-4• ACEA Oil Sequence E9• ACEA Oil Sequence E7• ACEA Oil Sequence E6• ACEA Oil Sequence E5• ACEA Oil Sequence E4

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must complywith all existing emissions regulations for the area inwhich the engine operates.

DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than10 000 mg/kg (10 000 ppm).

-40˚C

-30˚C

-20˚C

-10˚C

0˚C

10˚C

20˚C

30˚C

40˚C

50˚C

-40˚F

-22˚F

-4˚F

14˚F

32˚F

50˚F

68˚F

86˚F

104˚F

122˚F

SA

E 1

5W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-3

0

SA

E 0

W-4

0

SA

E 5

W-3

0

TX1050046—UN—09AUG10

Oil Viscosities for Air Temperature Ranges

Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTorq-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-9 071713

PN=89

Page 90: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

MB60223,000023A -19-16SEP11-1/1

Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals—328D and 332D

Recommended oil and filter service intervals are basedon a combination of oil pan capacity, type of engine oiland filter used, and sulfur content of the diesel fuel.Actual service intervals also depend on operation andmaintenance practices.

Use oil analysis to evaluate the condition of the oil and toaid in selection of the proper oil and filter service interval.Contact your John Deere dealer for more information onengine oil analysis.

Change the oil and oil filter at least once every 12 monthseven if the hours of operation are fewer than the otherwiserecommended service interval.

Diesel fuel sulfur content affects engine oil and filterservice intervals.

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 1000mg/kg (1000 ppm) is RECOMMENDED.• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 1000—5000 mg/kg(1000—5000 ppm) REDUCES the oil and filter changeinterval.• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 5000 mg/kg (5000 ppm), contact your John Deeredealer.• DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than10 000 mg/kg (10 000 ppm).

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage:

• Reduce oil and filter service intervals by 50%when using biodiesel blends greater than B20.Oil analysis may allow longer service intervals.• Use only approved oil types.

Approved Oil Types:

• “Plus-50 Oils” include John Deere Plus-50™ II andJohn Deere Plus-50.• “Other Oils” include John Deere Torq-Gard™, API CJ-4,API CI-4 PLUS, API CI-4, ACEA E9, ACEA E7, ACEAE6, ACEA E5, and ACEA E4.

NOTE: The 500 hour extended oil and filter changeinterval is only allowed if all of the followingconditions are met:

• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content lessthan 5000 mg/kg (5000 ppm).• Use of John Deere Plus-50™ II or JohnDeere Plus-50 oil.• Use of an approved John Deere oil filter.

Engine Oil and Filter Service IntervalsFuel Sulfur Less than 1000 mg/kg (1000 ppm)Plus-50 Oils 500 hoursOther Oils 250 hoursFuel Sulfur 1000—2000 mg/kg (1000—2000 ppm)Plus-50 Oils 500 hoursOther Oils 250 hoursFuel Sulfur 2000—5000 mg/kg (2000—5000 ppm)Plus-50 Oils 500 hoursOther Oils 250 hoursFuel Sulfur 5000—10 000 mg/kg (5000—10 000 ppm)Plus-50 Oils 250 hoursOther Oils 125 hoursOil analysis may extend the service interval of “Other Oils”, to amaximum not to exceed the interval for Plus-50 Oils.

Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTorq-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-10 071713

PN=90

Page 91: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

DX,COOL18 -19-20APR11-1/1

DX,COOL11 -19-14APR11-1/1

Light Duty Diesel Engine Coolant (for diesel engines without wet sleeve cylinder liners)

The engine cooling system is filled to provide year-roundprotection against corrosion and cylinder liner pitting, andwinter freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F). If protection atlower temperatures is required, consult your John Deeredealer for recommendations.

The following engine coolants are preferred:

• John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix• John Deere COOL-GARD II PG Premix

Use John DeereCOOL-GARD™ II PG Premix when anon-toxic coolant formulation is required.

Additional Recommended Coolants

The following engine coolant is also recommended:

• John Deere COOL-GARD II Concentrate in a 40—60%mixture of concentrate with quality water.

Other Coolants

Other ethylene glycol or propylene glycol basecoolants may be used if they meet one of the followingspecifications:

• ASTM D3306 prediluted (50%) coolant• ASTM D3306 coolant concentrate in a 40—60% mixtureof concentrate with quality water

If these coolants are unavailable, use an engine coolantconcentrate or prediluted coolant with a minimum of thefollowing chemical and physical properties:

• Is formulated with a quality nitrite-free additive package.

• Protects the cooling system metals (cast iron, aluminumalloys, and copper alloys such as brass) from corrosion.

The coolant concentrate or prediluted coolant shall be of aquality that is suitable for all-aluminum engines.

Water Quality

Water quality is important to the performance of thecooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralizedwater is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycolbase engine coolant concentrate.

Coolant Drain Intervals

Drain and flush the cooling system and refill with freshcoolant at the indicated interval, which varies with thecoolant used.

When John Deere COOL-GARD II is used, the draininterval is six years or 6000 hours of operation.

When John Deere COOL-GARD II PG is used, the draininterval is five years or 5000 hours of operation.

If a coolant other than COOL-GARD II or COOL-GARDII PG is used, reduce the drain interval to two years or2000 hours of operation.

IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealingadditives or antifreeze that containssealing additives.

Do not mix ethylene glycol and propyleneglycol base coolants.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

Drain Intervals for Diesel Engine Coolant

Drain and flush the cooling system and refill with freshcoolant at the indicated interval, which varies with thecoolant used.

John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix, COOL-GARDII PG Premix and COOL-GARD II Concentrate aremaintenance free coolants for up to six years or 6000hours of operation, provided that the cooling system istopped off using only John Deere COOL-GARD II Premixor COOL-GARD II PG Premix.

Test the coolant condition annually with Coolant TestStrips designed for use with John Deere COOL-GARDII coolants. If the test strip chart indicates that additiveis required, add John Deere COOL-GARD II CoolantExtender as directed.

If John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix, COOL-GARD IIPG Premix, or COOL-GARD II Concentrate is used, butthe coolant is not tested OR additives are not replenishedby adding John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender,the drain interval is four years or 4000 hours of operation.This drain interval only applies to COOL-GARD II coolantsthat have been maintained within a 40—60% mixture ofconcentrate with quality water.

If a coolant other than COOL-GARD II, or COOL-GARDII PG is used, reduce the drain interval to two years or2000 hours of operation.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-11 071713

PN=91

Page 92: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

DX,COOL16 -19-20APR11-1/1

DX,COOL4 -19-14APR11-1/1

John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Coolant Extender

Some coolant additives will gradually deplete duringengine operation. For John Deere COOL-GARD™ IIPremix, COOL-GARD II PG Premix, and COOL-GARD IIConcentrate, replenish coolant additives between drainintervals by adding John Deere COOL-GARD II CoolantExtender.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender should notbe added unless indicated by coolant testing.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender is achemically matched additive system for use with allJohn Deere COOL-GARD II coolants. John DeereCOOL-GARD II Coolant Extender is not intended for usewith nitrite-containing coolants.

IMPORTANT: Do not add a supplemental coolantadditive when the cooling system is drainedand refilled with any of the following:

• John Deere COOL-GARD II• John Deere COOL-GARD II PG

The use of non-recommended supplemental coolantadditives may result in additive drop-out, gelation of thecoolant, or corrosion of cooling system components.

Add the recommended concentration of John DeereCOOL-GARD II Coolant Extender. DO NOT add morethan the recommended amount.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

Supplemental Coolant Additives

Some coolant additives will gradually deplete duringengine operation. For nitrite-containing coolants,replenish coolant additives between drain intervals byadding a supplemental coolant additive as determinednecessary by coolant testing.

John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner is recommendedas a supplemental coolant additive for nitrite-containingcoolants.

John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner is not designedfor use with John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix,COOL-GARD II PG Premix, or COOL-GARD IIConcentrate.

IMPORTANT: Do not add a supplemental coolantadditive when the cooling system is drainedand refilled with any of the following:

• John Deere COOL-GARD II• John Deere COOL-GARD II PG

If other coolants are used, consult the coolant supplierand follow the manufacturer's recommendation for use ofsupplemental coolant additives.

The use of non-recommended supplemental coolantadditives may result in additive drop-out and gelation ofthe coolant.

Add the manufacturer's recommended concentration ofsupplemental coolant additive. DO NOT add more thanthe recommended amount.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-12 071713

PN=92

Page 93: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

DX,COOL6 -19-03NOV08-1/1

Operating in Warm Temperature Climates

John Deere engines are designed to operate using glycolbase engine coolants.

Always use a recommended glycol base engine coolant,even when operating in geographical areas where freezeprotection is not required.

John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix is available in aconcentration of 50% ethylene glycol. However, thereare situations in warm temperature climates where acoolant with lower glycol concentration (approximately20% ethylene glycol) has been approved. In these cases,the low glycol formulation has been modified to providethe same level of corrosion inhibitor as John DeereCOOL-GARD II Premix (50/50).

IMPORTANT: Water may be used as coolant inemergency situations only.

Foaming, hot surface aluminum and ironcorrosion, scaling, and cavitation will occurwhen water is used as the coolant, even whencoolant conditioners are added.

Drain cooling system and refill withrecommended glycol base engine coolantas soon as possible.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-13 071713

PN=93

Page 94: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

DX,COOL17 -19-20APR11-1/1

Additional Information About Diesel Engine Coolants and John Deere COOL-GARD™II Coolant Extender

Engine coolants are a combination of three chemicalcomponents: ethylene glycol (EG) or propylene glycol(PG) antifreeze, inhibiting coolant additives, and qualitywater.

Coolant Specifications

John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Premix either EG orPG, are fully formulated coolants that contain all threecomponents in their correct concentrations. DO NOTadd an initial charge of John Deere COOL-GARD IICoolant Extender to COOL-GARD II Premix. DO NOTadd any other supplemental coolant additive or water toCOOL-GARD II Premix.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Concentrate contains bothethylene glycol and inhibiting coolant additives. Mix thisproduct with quality water, but DO NOT add an initialcharge of John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extenderor any other supplemental coolant additive.

Replenish Coolant Additives

Some coolant additives will gradually deplete duringengine operation. Periodic replenishment of inhibitorsis required, even when John Deere COOL-GARD IIPremix or COOL-GARD II Concentrate is used. Followthe recommendations in this manual for the use of JohnDeere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender.

Why use John Deere COOL-GARD II CoolantExtender?

Operating without proper coolant additives will result inincreased corrosion, cylinder liner erosion and pitting, andother damage to the engine and cooling system. A simplemixture of ethylene glycol or propylene glycol and waterwill not give adequate protection.

John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender is achemically matched additive system designed to fortify theproprietary additives used in John Deere COOL-GARD IIPremix and COOL-GARD II Concentrate and to provideoptimum protection for up to six years or 6000 hours ofoperation.

Avoid Automotive-type Coolants

Never use automotive-type coolants (such as thosemeeting ASTM D3306). These coolants do not contain thecorrect additives to protect heavy-duty diesel engines. Donot treat an automotive engine coolant with supplementalcoolant additives because the high concentration ofadditives can result in additive fallout.

Water Quality

Water quality is important to the performance of thecooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralizedwater is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycoland propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.Allwater used in the cooling system should meet thefollowing minimum specifications for quality:Chlorides <40 mg/LSulfates <100 mg/LTotal dissolved solids <340 mg/LTotal hardness <170 mg/LpH 5.5 to 9.0

Freeze Protection

The relative concentrations of glycol and water in theengine coolant determine its freeze protection limit.

Ethylene Glycol Freeze Protection Limit40% -24°C (-12°F)50% -37°C (-34°F)60% -52°C (-62°F)

Propylene Glycol Freeze Protection Limit40% -21°C (-6°F)50% -33°C (-27°F)60% -49°C (-56°F)

DO NOT use a coolant-water mixture greater than 60%ethylene glycol or 60% propylene glycol.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-14 071713

PN=94

Page 95: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

DX,COOL9 -19-11APR11-1/1

MB60223,000023C -19-12NOV12-1/1

Testing Diesel Engine Coolant

Maintaining adequate concentrations of glycol andinhibiting additives in the coolant is critical to protect theengine and cooling system against freezing, corrosion,and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.

Test the coolant solution at intervals of 12 months or lessand whenever excessive coolant is lost through leaks oroverheating.

Coolant Test Strips

Coolant test strips are available from your John Deeredealer. These test strips provide a simple, effectivemethod to check the freeze point and additive levels ofyour engine coolant.

When Using John Deere COOL-GARD II

John Deere COOL-GARD II Premix™ , COOL-GARDII PG Premix and COOL-GARD II Concentrate aremaintenance free coolants for up to six years or 6000hours of operation, provided that the cooling system istopped off using only John Deere COOL-GARD II Premixor COOL-GARD II PG premix. Test the coolant conditionannually with coolant test strips designed for use withJohn Deere COOL-GARD II coolants. If the test stripchart indicates that additive is required, add John DeereCOOL-GARD II Coolant Extender as directed.

Add only the recommended concentration of John DeereCOOL-GARD II Coolant Extender. DO NOT add morethan the recommended amount.

When Using Nitrite-Containing Coolants

Compare the test strip results to the supplemental coolantadditive (SCA) chart to determine the amount of inhibitingadditives in your coolant and whether more John DeereLiquid Coolant Conditioner should be added.

Add only the recommended concentration of John DeereLiquid Coolant Conditioner. DO NOT add more than therecommended amount.

Coolant Analysis

For a more thorough evaluation of your coolant, perform acoolant analysis. The coolant analysis can provide criticaldata such as freezing point, antifreeze level, pH, alkalinity,nitrite content (cavitation control additive), molybdatecontent (rust inhibitor additive), silicate content, corrosionmetals, and visual assessment.

Contact your John Deere dealer for more information oncoolant analysis.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

Hydraulic and Hydrostatic OilUse oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

Your machine was shipped from the factory with engineoil in the hydraulic system. Engine oil has been tested tobe compatible with high quality anti wear hydraulic oils(AWHO). There is no risk to the hydraulic system of usinga high quality AWHO meeting the system oil specificationsto top off the system, or for future oil changes.

The following oil is preferred:

• John Deere PLUS-50™ II

The following oil is also recommended:

• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME™

Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of thefollowing:

• API Service Classification CH-4 or better-40˚C

-30˚C

-20˚C

-10˚C

0˚C

10˚C

20˚C

30˚C

40˚C

50˚C

-40˚F

-22˚F

-4˚F

14˚F

32˚F

50˚F

68˚F

86˚F

104˚F

122˚F

SA

E 1

5W-4

0

SA

E 1

0W-4

0

SA

E 0

W-4

0

SA

E 5

W-3

0

SA

E 1

0W

SA

E 1

0W-3

0

PR

EM

IUM

AW

32

TX1079469—UN—06JU

L10

Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil

PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-15 071713

PN=95

Page 96: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Machine

OUT4001,0000495 -19-09NOV12-1/1

DX,GREA1 -19-14APR11-1/1

Chain Case OilUse oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

NOTE: Factory fill is SAE 10W-30. Do not mixwith other oils.

The following oils are preferred:

• John Deere PLUS-50™ II• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME™

T148385—UN—19NOV01

Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil

PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyTORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company

GreaseUse grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and theexpected air temperature range during the service interval.

John Deere SD Polyurea Grease is preferred.

The following greases are also recommended:

• John Deere HD Lithium Complex Grease• John Deere HD Water Resistant Grease• John DeereGREASE-GARD™Other greases may be used if they meet the following:

• NLGI Performance Classification GC-LBIMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are not

compatible with others. Consult your greasesupplier before mixing different types of grease.

TS1673

—UN—31OCT03

Greases for Air Temperature Ranges

GREASE-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-1-16 071713

PN=96

Page 97: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

OUT4001,00004B1 -19-25SEP09-1/1

OUT4001,00004AF -19-05NOV09-1/1

Service Machine at Specified IntervalsLubricate and make service checks and adjustments atintervals shown on the periodic maintenance chart (1) andon the following pages. Periodic maintenance chart islocated on the inside of the engine cover.

Perform service on items at multiples of the originalrequirement. For example, at 500 hours, also servicethose items, if applicable, listed under 250 hours, 50hours, and 10 hours or daily.

1—Periodic Maintenance Chart TX1065084A

—UN—25SEP09

Fuel Tank

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from fire.Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is hotor running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank. DONOT smoke while filling the fuel tank orworking on fuel system.

To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of eachday’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.

SpecificationFuel Tank—Capacity.....................................................................111.0 L

29.0 gal

3-2-1 071713

PN=97

Page 98: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

OUT4001,00004FD -19-25OCT10-1/1

Raising and Blocking Machine1. Park machine.

2. Place safe lifting device under the front center ofmachine base and raise machine.

3. Place blocks/stands under the front corners (1) ofmachine base.

4. Lower machine onto blocks/stands.

5. Place safe lifting device under the rear center ofmachine base and raise machine.

6. Place blocks/stands under the rear corners (2) ofmachine base.

7. Lower machine onto blocks/stands.

1—Front Corner 2—Rear Corner

TX1066547A

—UN—20OCT09

Boom Raised for Picture Clarity

TX1066548A

—UN—20OCT09

3-2-2 071713

PN=98

Page 99: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

OUT4001,0000492 -19-08OCT10-1/1

Raising Operator's Station1. Park machine on level surface, shut off engine.

2. Remove nuts (1) and washers from mounting studs onboth sides of outer front edge of operator's station.

CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury fromunexpected cab movement. Replace gasspring cylinder if:

• Cylinder is cracked or damaged.• The operator's station is hard to lift.

NOTE: NEVER attempt to repair a damaged gas springcylinder. See your authorized dealer.

3. Using hand holds, raise operator's station. If manualequipped machine, make sure control levers fallforward. Continue raising operator's station all the wayup so that gas spring cylinder locks are in place.

4. Pull forward on red cylinder lock (2) to ensureoperator's station is in locked position.

NOTE: If machine is equipped with a pressurizedcab, make sure that seal on back of footwellis in place prior to lowering cab.

5. To lower operator's station, push red cylinder lockrearward to unlocked position (3).

6. Pull operator's station down until seated on mountingstuds.

7. Install and tighten washers and nuts on mountingstuds.

8. Verify that mounting studs are tight.

1—Nut (2 used)2—Red Cylinder Lock (locked

position)

3—Unlocked Position

TX1066452A

—UN—17OCT09

TX1066453A

—UN—17OCT09

TX1066454A

—UN—17OCT09

3-2-3 071713

PN=99

Page 100: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

OUT4001,0000494 -19-14SEP09-1/1

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000493 -19-31MAR10-1/2

Opening and Closing Engine CoverOpening engine cover (3):

1. Park machine and shut engine OFF.

2. Remove key.

NOTE: Ignition key is also used for lock on engine cover.

3. Unlock the engine cover on the lock assembly (1).

4. Push in lock assembly and lift the engine cover usingthe handle (2).

5. Move prop guide (4) into the retainer (5) to hold theengine cover in open position.

Closing engine cover:

1. Hold on to handle of engine cover and move the propguide out of the retainer.

2. Close engine cover and ensure it is securely latched.

3. Lock with ignition key.

1—Lock Assembly2—Handle3—Engine Cover

4—Prop Guide5—Retainer

TX1064325A

—UN—10SEP09

TX1064326A

—UN—10SEP09

Engine Side Panels—Remove and InstallRemoving engine side panels (1):

NOTE: Boom does not have to be raised to removeengine side panels.

1. Park machine.

2. Open engine cover and insert prop rod in retainerto hold in open position. (See Opening and ClosingEngine Cover in this section.)

3. Tilt engine side panels rearward and lift off.

1—Engine Side Panel (2 used,1 per side)

TX1064360A

—UN—11SEP09

Boom Raised and Locked for Picture Clarity

3-2-4 071713

PN=100

Page 101: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

OUT4001,0000493 -19-31MAR10-2/2

TX1064363A

—UN—11SEP09

TX1064367A

—UN—10NOV09

Installing engine side panels:

1. Line up bottom rear corner of engine side panel sothe slot (2) on engine side panel fits into the tab onmachine.

2. Tilt engine side panel forward ensuring that the outertabs (5) on front side of engine side panel stay to theouter edge of machine frame and the long inside tabs(6) stay to the inner edge of machine frame.

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage. Make sureengine side panel tabs are engaged in slots.

3. Line up metal tab (3) on inside of engine side panelwith the slot on rubber guide (4) mounted to the backof machine.

4. Close engine cover.

2—Slot3—Tab4—Guide

5—Outer Tab (3 used)6— Inside Tab (2 used)

TX1064364A

—UN—11SEP09

TX1075271A

—UN—31MAR10

3-2-5 071713

PN=101

Page 102: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

OUT4001,00004FE -19-10NOV09-1/1

AM40430,00002FE -19-19OCT11-1/1

Footwell Removal1. Park machine on level surface.

2. Remove any attachment.

3. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

4. Stop engine and engage park brake.

5. Raise and lock operator's station in up position.

6. Remove cap screws (1) from footwell (2).

NOTE: For manual machines, ensure control lever bootis disengaged from footwell before removing.During installation, ensure the base of controllever boot snaps in groove of footwell.

7. Lift out footwell.

1—Cap Screw (6 used, 3 perside)

2—Footwell

TX1066492A

—UN—09APR10

Right Side of Manual Machine Shown

TX1066493A

—UN—09APR10

Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and 3-WayCoolant Test KitFluid Analysis Program Test Kits and the 3-Way CoolantTest Kit are John Deere fluid sampling products to help youmonitor machine maintenance and system condition. Theobjective of a fluid sampling program is to ensure machineavailability when you need it and to reduce repair costs byidentifying potential problems before they become critical.

Engine, hydraulic, power train, and coolant samplesshould be taken from each system on a periodic basis,usually prior to a filter and/or fluid change interval. Certainsystems require more frequent sampling. Consult yourauthorized John Deere dealer on a maintenance programfor your specific application. Your authorized John Deeredealer has the sampling products and expertise to assistyou in lowering your overall operating costs through fluidsampling.

TX1003513A

—UN—20FE

B06

Fluid Analysis Kits

3-2-6 071713

PN=102

Page 103: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

ER79617,0000BDC -19-13OCT10-1/1

Service IntervalsModel: 326D, 328D, and 332D Skid Steer PIN/Serial Number:Hour Meter Reading:

SERVICE INTERVALSService machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at 500 hoursalso service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.

FLUID SAMPLINGFluid samples should be taken from each system at its recommended change interval prior to actually draining the fluid. Regular oil sampling willextend the operational life of your machine.

As Required□ Inspect and clean cooling package □ Check and clean cab fresh air filter—if equipped□ Check tire pressure □ Check and clean cab recirculation air filter—if equipped□ Check wheel lug nut torque □ Inspect and clean fuel tank vent tube□ Lubricate steering centering mechanism □ Add coolant extender as indicated by COOL-GARD™ II test strips

Every 10 Hours or Daily□ Check engine oil level □ Check and drain water separator fuel filter□ Check hydraulic reservoir oil level □ Check and drain auxiliary fuel filter and water separator—if equipped□ Check coolant level

Every 50 Hours□ Lubricate boom linkage, cylinder pivot points, and Quik-Tatch™ linkage

Initial Service - 250 Hours1

□ Change engine oil and replace filter1Perform initial service once after the first 250 hours of operation.

Every 250 Hours□ Take engine oil sample

Every 500 Hours□ Change engine oil and replace filter □ Check chain case oil level□ Replace water separator fuel filter □ Lubricate steering linkage—if equipped□ Replace auxiliary water fuel filter and separator—if equipped □ Drain fuel tank sump□ Replace in-line fuel filter □ Take hydraulic oil sample□ Replace primary engine air filter □ Take diesel fuel sample□ Replace hydraulic oil reservoir breather □ Take engine coolant sample□ Replace hydraulic oil filter

Every 1000 Hours□ Check coolant □ Change hydraulic reservoir oil□ Replace secondary engine air filter □ Change chain case oil

Every 6000 Hours□ Drain, flush, and refill cooling system

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & CompanyQuik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-2-7 071713

PN=103

Page 104: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance

OUT4001,00004AB -19-13OCT10-1/1

Required Parts

Description Part NumberInitial Service

-250 Hours1

Every250 Hours

Every500 Hours

Every1000 Hours

Every6000 Hours

Engine Oil Filter RE519626 1 1 1 1In-Line Fuel Filter T257865 1 1 1Water Separator Fuel Filter RE533026 1 1 1Auxiliary Fuel Filter and Water Separator—ifequipped

AT365870 1 1 1

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather AT101565 1 1 1Hydraulic Oil Filter AT314164 1 1 1Primary Engine Air Filter AT332908 1 1 1Secondary Engine Air Filter AT332909 1 1PLUS-50™ II Engine Oil TY266692 12.3 L

(3.25 gal)12.3 L

(3.25 gal)12.3 L

(3.25 gal)12.3 L

(3.25 gal)PLUS-50™ II Hydraulic & Hydrostatic Oil TY266692 33.1 L

(8.75 gal)33.1 L

(8.75 gal)PLUS-50™ II Chain Case Oil (per side)326D and 328D TY266692 18.2 L

(4.8 gal)18.2 L(4.8 gal)

332D TY266692 23.8 L(6.3 gal)

23.8 L(6.3 gal)

COOL-GARD™ II Pre-Mix TY26575 10.0 L(2.6 gal)

Coolant Extender TY26603 As RequiredFluid Analysis Kits3

Diesel Engine Oil AT317904 1 1 1 1Hydraulic & Hydrostatic Oil AT303189 1 1 1Diesel Fuel AT180344 1 1 1Engine Coolant AT183016 1 1 1COOL-GARD™ II Test Strips TY26605 1 11Perform initial service once after the first 250 hours operation.2For recommended oil types and oil viscosities based on operating temperatures, see Maintenance-Machine. (Section 3-1.)3Based on fluid analysis results, intervals may need to be adjusted for operating conditions. Consult your local John Deere dealer.

PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & CompanyCOOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-2-8 071713

PN=104

Page 105: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—As Required

OUT4001,00004B3 -19-04DEC09-1/1

Inspect and Clean Cooling PackageCheck radiator (3), hydraulic oil cooler (4), charge aircooler (5), and air conditioner condenser (1), if equipped,for dirt, damage, leaks, and loose or broken mountinghardware.

1. Park machine.

2. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. Allowengine to cool enough so that componentscan be touched with bare hands.

3. Open engine cover and lock in open position.

4. Remove engine side panels.

5. On left side of machine, remove pin (2) and swingopen air conditioner condenser.

6. Clean air conditioner condenser and radiator finsusing compressed air.

7. Close air conditioner condenser and attach pin.

8. On right side of machine, clean hydraulic oil coolerand charge air cooler fins using compressed air.

9. Clean any dirt build-up in engine area.

10. If any areas require washing after cleaning with air,allow radiator and cooler parts to dry thoroughly beforeoperating machine.

11. Install engine side panels and close engine cover.

12. Lower boom.

1—Air Conditioner Condenser2—Pin3—Radiator

4—Hydraulic Oil Cooler5—Charge Air Cooler

TX1065347A

—UN—05OCT09

Left Side of Machine Shown

TX1065353A

—UN—02OCT09

Right Side of Machine Shown

3-3-1 071713

PN=105

Page 106: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—As Required

Continued on next page OUT4001,000047D -19-02FEB10-1/2

Check Tire Pressure

CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and rimparts can cause serious injury or death.

Alwaysmaintain the correct tire pressure. DONOTinflate tires above the recommended pressure.

Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operatewith low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damagedrims, or missing lug bolts.

Carefully inspect any tire and rim assembly thathas been run flat or severely underinflated beforereinflating the tire. Damage to the rim and tiremay have developed. Call an authorized dealer ora qualified repair service technician to inspect therim and tire assembly andmake necessary repairs.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuckand extension hose long enough to allowadequate space to stand to one side andNOT in front of or over the tire assembly.Use a safety cage if available.

NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tire orrim assembly. Heat from welding couldcause an increase in pressure and mayresult in tire explosion.

Do not attempt to mount a tire if you do nothave the proper equipment and experience toperform the job. Have it done by an authorizeddealer or a qualified repair service.

Check tire pressure with an accurate gauge having 7.0kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) graduations.

1. Shut off air supply to hose.

2. Move gauge hand to correct pressure.

3. Lock air chuck on tire valve.

4. Turn on air supply. Stand to front or rear of tire whenadding air to tire.

NOTE: Tire shipping pressure may not be the same astire operating pressure. Tire pressures may be

TS211—UN—15APR13

T87502

—UN—21OCT88

changed to suit working condition according totire manufacturer’s recommendations.

Optional Tires and PressuresType Size PressureGalaxy—“Beefy Baby II” Heavy Duty 10 x 16.5 8 ply 310 kPa

3.10 bar45 psi

Galaxy—“Hippo” Flotation 31.5/1300 x 16.5 10 ply 207 kPa2.07 bar30 psi

12 x 16.5 10 ply 448 kPa4.48 bar65 psi

Goodyear HD2000-III

14 x 17.5 14 ply 552 kPa5.52 bar80 psi

3-3-2 071713

PN=106

Page 107: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—As Required

OUT4001,000047D -19-02FEB10-2/2

OUT4001,00004B4 -19-06DEC12-1/1

Optional Tires and PressuresType Size PressureGoodyear HD2000-III Flotation 33/1550 x 16.5 12 ply 414 kPa

4.14 bar60 psi

SKS—Classic (Standard Duty) 12 x 16.5 10 ply 441 kPa4.41 bar64 psi

10 x 16.5 8 ply 414 kPa4.14 bar60 psi

12 x 16.5 10 ply 441 kPa4.41 bar64 psi

SKS—Extra-Wall

14 x 17.5 12 ply 469 kPa4.69 bar68 psi

10 x 16.5 8 ply 414 kPa4.14 bar60 psi

SKS—Hauler

12 x 16.5 10 ply 441 kPa4.41 bar64 psi

Check Wheel Lug Nut TorqueTighten wheel lug nuts.

Item Measurement Specification

Wheel Lug Nut Torque 238 N·m175 lb.-ft.

3-3-3 071713

PN=107

Page 108: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—As Required

OUT4001,00004B5 -19-09NOV12-1/1

OUT4001,00004B7 -19-13OCT09-1/1

Check and Clean Cab Fresh Air andRecirculation Air Filters—If EquippedNOTE: Check air filters periodically, especially if

running in dirty applications.

1. Park machine.

2. Behind operator's seat, remove knobs (1) that holdon guard (2).

3. Remove guard.

4. Remove cab fresh air filter (3) and recirculation airfilter (4).

5. The filters can be blown off with a low pressure air gunand reused. Replace, if damaged.

6. Install filters.

7. Install guard and knobs.

1—Knob (2 used)2—Guard

3—Cab Fresh Air Filter4—Recirculation Air Filter

TX1065424A

—UN—01OCT09

Air Filter Guard

TX1065425A

—UN—06JU

N13

Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Air Filters

Inspect and Clean Fuel Tank Vent TubeInspect fuel tank vent tube (1) for debris. Remove andclean as necessary.

1—Fuel Tank Vent Tube

TX1065433A

—UN—01OCT09

3-3-4 071713

PN=108

Page 109: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—As Required

OUT4001,00004E1 -19-28MAR13-1/1

Check Coolant

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids frompressurized cooling system can causeserious burns.

Prevent possible injury from hot spraying fluids.Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only whencool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowlyloosen cap to first stop to relieve pressurebefore removing completely.

IMPORTANT: John Deere COOL-GARD™ IICoolant Extender does not protect againstfreezing. Coolant extender prevents rust,scale, and liner cavitation.

NOTE: Check coolant every 1000 hours or 1 year,or when replacing 1/3 or more of coolant. Addcoolant extender as indicated by John DeereCOOL-GARD™ II test strips.

1. Remove radiator cap (1) and test coolant solution.Use the following kit to check coolant:

• COOL-GARD™ II Test StripsCoolant test strips provide an effective methodto check freeze point and additive levels ofengine coolant. See your authorized dealer forCOOL-GARD™ II test strips and follow instructionson kit.

2. Add John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Coolant Extenderas necessary. Follow instructions on container foramount.

SpecificationCooling System—Capac-ity.................................................................................................... 10.0 L

2.6 gal

TS281—UN—15APR13

TX1065436A

—UN—02OCT09

1—Radiator Cap

3. Install radiator cap.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-3-5 071713

PN=109

Page 110: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—As Required

MB60223,000020E -19-27APR10-1/1

Lubricate Steering Centering MechanismNOTE: If steering levers are not performing smoothly

the steering centering mechanism may need to belubricated with an aerosol graphite lubricant.

IMPORTANT: Avoid debris build-up withinthe centering mechanism, do not use apetroleum base lubricant.

Lubricate center bushing (1) with an aerosol graphitelubricant.

1—Center Bushing

1

TX1076755—UN—20APR10

Centering Mechanism

3-3-6 071713

PN=110

Page 111: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

OUT4001,00004B8 -19-29SEP09-1/1

ER79617,0000BE7 -19-09JUL10-1/1

Check Engine Oil LevelIMPORTANT: Prevent engine damage. DO NOT run

engine when oil level is below the ADD mark.

The most accurate oil level reading is obtained when theengine is cold before starting the engine for the day’soperation.

1. Open engine cover.

2. Make sure dipstick (1) is fully seated.

3. Remove dipstick to check oil level.

BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: The engineis full when oil level is in the cross hatch area. It isacceptable to run the engine when the oil level isabove the ADD mark.

AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow the oilto drain into the oil pan for 10 minutes before checkingthe oil level. Ten minutes after shutdown the engine oillevel must be above the ADD mark.

TX1065494A

—UN—02OCT09

1—Dipstick 2—Fill Tube Cap

4. If necessary, remove fill tube cap (2) to add oil.For recommended oil, see Maintenance—Machine.(Section 3-1.)

5. Close engine cover.

Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil LevelIMPORTANT: For the 326D and 328D manual control

machines only: Prevent possible damage tothe hydrostatic pump. Do not use syntheticoil in the hydraulic system on manual controlunits (non-electrohydraulic).

IMPORTANT: To ensure an accurate reading, parkmachine on smooth level ground and check levelonly when hydraulic oil is cold and boom is downwith boom and bucket cylinders fully retracted.

When adding oil to the hydraulic reservoir, becareful not to get dirt into reservoir or oil.

Do not overfill hydraulic oil reservoir. Anoverfilled hydraulic oil reservoir will not allowfor oil expansion, which may result in oil leakagepast hydraulic reservoir breather or fill cap.

1. Park machine.

2. Check oil level at sight glass (1) on left side ofmachine. Oil level should be between the two arrows.

3. If necessary, add oil. Open engine cover and removeleft engine side panel.

• Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (2). Forrecommended oil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil.(Section 3-1.)• Install fill cap.

4. Install left engine side panel.

5. Close engine cover.

TX1065496A

—UN—02OCT09

TX1065497A

—UN—08OCT09

Boom Raised for Picture Clarity

1—Sight Glass 2—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap

3-4-1 071713

PN=111

Page 112: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

OUT4001,00004BA -19-21FEB13-1/1

OUT4001,00004BB -19-09OCT09-1/1

Check Coolant Level

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying water. Shut off engine. Remove fillercap only when cool enough to touch with barehands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relievepressure before removing completely.

Check coolant level by viewing coolant inoverflow tank (2) when engine is cold.

1. Park machine.

2. Allow engine to cool.

3. Open engine cover.

4. Check overflow tank for coolant level. Coolant shouldbe above the MIN COLD line (3), but below the MAXCOLD line (4).

5. If coolant is below the MIN COLD line, add coolantto the overflow tank. For recommended coolant, seeMaintenance—Machine. (Section 3-1.)

6. Close engine cover and run engine.

TX1065510A

—UN—02OCT09

1—Radiator Cap2—Overflow Tank

3—MIN COLD Line4—MAX COLD Line

7. Allow engine to cool and check coolant level again onoverflow tank.

8. If level is still low on overflow tank, repeat procedureas necessary.

Check and Drain Water Separator Fuel Filter1. Park machine.

2. Open engine cover and remove left engine side panel.

3. Place a suitable container under drain valve (2) ofwater separator fuel filter (1).

4. Loosen drain valve to drain water and sediment intocontainer. Dispose of waste properly.

5. Tighten drain valve.

6. Install left engine side panel.

7. Close engine cover.

1—Water Separator Fuel Filter 2—Drain ValveTX

1065525A

—UN—10OCT09

3-4-2 071713

PN=112

Page 113: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

OUT4001,00004BC -19-13OCT10-1/1

Check and Drain Auxiliary Fuel Filter andWater Separator—If Equipped1. Park machine.

2. Open engine cover and remove left engine side panel.

3. Place suitable container under drain valve (1) ofauxiliary fuel filter and water separator (2).

4. Loosen drain valve to drain water and sediment intocontainer. Dispose of waste properly.

5. Tighten drain valve.

6. Operate engine and check for leaks.

7. Install left engine side panel and close engine cover.

1—Drain Valve2—Auxiliary Fuel Filter and

Water Separator

3—Air Vent4—Hand Priming Pump

TX1065702A

—UN—14OCT09

3-4-3 071713

PN=113

Page 114: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 50 Hours

OUT4001,00004BD -19-14OCT09-1/1

Lubricate Boom Linkage, Cylinder Pivot Points, and Quik-Tatch™ Linkage

TX1065653A

—UN—06OCT09

Right Side Shown

1—Boom Linkage Point (8 used) 2—Cylinder Pivot Point (8 used) 3—Quik-Tatch™ Linkage Point (2used)

NOTE: In severe operating conditions, Quik-Tatch™ linkage points (3) may need morefrequent lubrication.

Lubricate boom linkage points (1), cylinder pivot points(2), and Quik-Tatch™ linkage points (3) on each side of

boom every 50 hours with one or two shots of grease. Forrecommended grease, see Grease. (Section 3-1.)

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-5-1 071713

PN=114

Page 115: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Initial Service - 250 Hours

Continued on next page OUT4001,00004E2 -19-10NOV09-1/2

Change Engine Oil and Replace FilterNOTE: Replace filter and change oil initially at 250

hours, then every 500 hours thereafter when usingJohn Deere filter and PLUS-50™ II oil.

1. Park machine.

2. Run engine a few minutes to warm oil.

3. Engage park brake and stop engine.

4. On right side of machine, remove two outer capscrews (2) from access cover (1) and pull out coverwith attached engine oil drain hose.

5. Place suitable container under hose plug (3). Removehose plug using two wrenches to avoid twisting hose.Allow oil to drain into container. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

NOTE: Make sure O-ring is still intact wheninstalling hose plug.

6. After oil is drained, install hose plug.

7. Open engine cover and remove right engine side panel.

8. Clean dirt or debris from around engine oil filter (4).

9. Place suitable container under drip tray below theengine oil filter.

10. To remove oil filter, turn filter counterclockwise usinga filter wrench.

11. Allow excess oil to drain into container. Dispose of oldfilter and waste oil properly.

12. Apply a film of clean engine oil on seal of new filter.

13. Install filter. Turn filter until seal contacts mountingsurface. Then turn filter by hand 2/3 to 1 turn more.

1—Access Cover2—Cap Screw (2 used)

3—Hose Plug4—Engine Oil Filter

TX1065666A

—UN—06OCT09

TX1065667A

—UN—10NOV09

TX1065671A

—UN—06OCT09

PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-6-1 071713

PN=115

Page 116: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Initial Service - 250 Hours

OUT4001,00004E2 -19-10NOV09-2/2

14. Remove engine oil fill cap (5).

IMPORTANT: Do not overfill. If overfilled, oilcan cause engine damage.

15. Add oil. For recommended oil, see Diesel Engine Oil.(Section 3-1.)

SpecificationEngine—Oil CapacityWith Filter....................................................................................... 12.3 L

3.25 gal

16. Check engine oil level on dipstick (6).

17. Install and tighten fill cap.

18. Start engine, and run at slow speed for 2 minutes.Check for leaks around filter and drain plug.

19. Check engine oil level on dipstick again.

20. Push in access cover and install cap screws.

TX1065673A

—UN—06OCT09

5—Engine Oil Fill Cap 6—Dipstick

21. Install right engine side panel and close engine cover.

3-6-2 071713

PN=116

Page 117: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 250 Hours

OUT4001,000039B -19-14MAR12-1/1

Take Engine Oil SampleSee your authorized dealer.

3-7-1 071713

PN=117

Page 118: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

Continued on next page OUT4001,00004E3 -19-10NOV09-1/2

Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter1. Park machine.

2. Run engine a few minutes to warm oil.

3. Engage park brake and stop engine.

4. On right side of machine, remove two outer capscrews (2) from access cover (1) and pull out coverwith attached engine oil drain hose.

5. Place suitable container under hose plug (3). Removehose plug using two wrenches to avoid twisting hose.Allow oil to drain into container. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

NOTE: Make sure O-ring is still intact wheninstalling hose plug.

6. After oil is drained, install hose plug.

7. Open engine cover and remove right engine side panel.

8. Clean dirt or debris from around engine oil filter (4).

9. Place suitable container under drip tray below theengine oil filter.

10. To remove oil filter, turn filter counterclockwise usinga filter wrench.

11. Allow excess oil to drain into container. Dispose of oldfilter and waste oil properly.

12. Apply a film of clean engine oil on seal of new filter.

13. Install filter. Turn filter until seal contacts mountingsurface. Then turn filter by hand 2/3 to 1 turn more.

1—Access Cover2—Cap Screw (2 used)

3—Hose Plug4—Engine Oil Filter

TX1065666A

—UN—06OCT09

TX1065667A

—UN—10NOV09

TX1065671A

—UN—06OCT09

Boom Raised for Picture Clarity

3-8-1 071713

PN=118

Page 119: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

OUT4001,00004E3 -19-10NOV09-2/2

OUT4001,00004C1 -19-11APR11-1/1

14. Remove engine oil fill cap (5).

IMPORTANT: Do not overfill. If overfilled, oilcan cause engine damage.

15. Add oil. For recommended oil, see Diesel Engine Oil.(Section 3-1.)

SpecificationEngine—Oil CapacityWith Filter....................................................................................... 12.3 L

3.25 gal

16. Check engine oil level on dipstick (6).

17. Install and tighten fill cap.

18. Start engine, and run at slow speed for 2 minutes.Check for leaks around filter and drain plug.

19. Check engine oil level on dipstick again.

20. Push in access cover and install cap screws.

TX1065673A

—UN—06OCT09

5—Engine Oil Fill Cap 6—Dipstick

21. Install right engine side panel and close engine cover.

Replace Fuel Filter and Water Separator1. Park machine.

2. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

3. Stop engine and engage park brake.

4. Open engine cover and remove left engine side panel.

5. Place a suitable container under drain valve (2) of fuelfilter and water separator (1).

6. Loosen drain valve to drain water, sediment and fuelfrom filter into a container. Dispose of waste properly.

7. Rotate fuel filter and water separator counterclockwiseto remove.

8. Fill new fuel filter and water separator with fuel.

9. Install by aligning location tabs and pushing up to seatfilter and tighten.

10. Install left engine side panel and close engine cover.

11. Lower boom.TX

1065525A

—UN—10OCT09

1—Fuel Filter and WaterSeparator

2—Drain Valve

3-8-2 071713

PN=119

Page 120: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

OUT4001,00004C2 -19-13OCT10-1/1

OUT4001,00004C3 -19-12NOV09-1/1

Replace Auxiliary Fuel Filter and WaterSeparator—If Equipped1. Park machine.

2. Open engine cover and remove left engine side panel.

3. Place suitable container under drain valve (1) ofauxiliary fuel filter and water separator (2).

4. Loosen air vent (3).

5. Loosen drain valve to drain water and sediment intocontainer. Dispose of waste properly.

6. Tighten drain valve.

7. If equipped, disconnect water sensor (6).

8. Remove glass bowl (5).

9. Remove and replace auxiliary fuel filter and waterseparator.

10. Install glass bowl to new filter.

11. Connect water sensor.

12. Prime fuel system with hand priming pump (4) untilair is vented.

13. Tighten air vent.

14. Start engine and let it run for 1 minute. Check forleaks. Tighten glass bowl only enough to stop leaks.

TX1065703A

—UN—14OCT09

1—Drain Valve2—Auxiliary Fuel Filter and

Water Separator3—Air Vent

4—Hand Priming Pump5—Glass Bowl6—Water Sensor

15. Install left engine side panel and close engine cover.

Replace In-Line Fuel Filter1. Park machine.

2. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

3. Stop engine and engage park brake.

4. Open engine cover and remove left engine side panel.

5. Loosen and slide hose clamps away from in-line fuelfilter (1). Remove hoses from filter.

6. Dispose of old fuel filter properly.

7. Install new filter to hoses. Make sure that the fuelhose coming from the tank is attached to the end ofthe filter marked with IN.

8. Tighten clamps.

9. Install left engine side panel and close engine cover.

10. Lower boom.

TX1065722A

—UN—07OCT09

1— In-Line Fuel Filter

3-8-3 071713

PN=120

Page 121: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

Continued on next page MB60223,0000227 -19-09NOV12-1/2

Replace Primary Engine Air FilterIMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. Do

not clean primary engine air filter. Replaceit when air restriction light is illuminated onengagement and monitor unit (EMU). To preventdirt from being sucked into engine, do notremove filter when engine is running.

Do not start engine without both the primaryand secondary filters installed.

1. Park machine.

2. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

3. Stop engine and engage park brake.

4. Open engine cover and remove left engine side panel.

5. Remove the dust unloader valve (3) and clean out anydust found in the drop tube.

6. Install dust unloader valve or replace if found wornor damaged.

7. Unlatch service cover latches (1) and remove servicecover.

8. To remove the primary filter (2), gently move the endof the filter back and forth to break the seal.

9. Gently pull the filter out of housing and discard. Avoiddislodging contaminant from the filter or knocking itagainst the housing.

10. Remove the secondary filter (4) by pulling it straightout.

11. Inspect the seal surface and housing for any damage.Replace the complete air cleaner if damage is present.

12. Block the outlet tube of the air cleaner using a smalldampened towel prior to proceeding with cleaningthe seal surface to avoid contaminating the inductionsystem.

13. With a second small dampened towel, thoroughlyclean the inside surface of the housing and seal areas.Be careful not to introduce contaminant into the outlettube.

14. Inspect the new primary filter carefully. Checkfor any voids, cuts, tears, or indentations in theurethane-sealing surfaces.

15. Remove the dampened towel from the outlet tubethat was used to protect the induction system duringservicing.

16. Install the secondary filter by pressing it firmly in placeuntil seated. When properly fitted it should fit snuglyinside the outlet tube.

17. Install the new primary filter by gently sliding it overthe secondary filter and pressing it in place until fullyseated. When installing, apply pressure by handat the outer rim of the filter, not in the center, to

TX1086260A

—UN—27DEC10

Service Cover Latches and Dust Unloader Valve

TX1065986A

—UN—13OCT09

Primary Filter

TX1086639A

—UN—06JAN11

Secondary Filter

1—Service Cover Latch (3used)

2—Primary Filter

3—Dust Unloader Valve4—Secondary Filter

complete a tight seal. Continue pushing the filter intothe outlet tube until it stops. The critical sealing areawill compress slightly, adjust itself, and distribute thesealing pressure evenly.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If theservice cover does not fit flush to the body,the primary filter is not properly seated in thehousing. Check the primary and secondary filterinstallation, following the proper installationprocedure so they become fully seated. Theservice cover will then go on easily. Using theservice cover to push the filters could causedamage to the housing andwill void thewarranty.

3-8-4 071713

PN=121

Page 122: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

MB60223,0000227 -19-09NOV12-2/2

OUT4001,00004C5 -19-10NOV09-1/1

ER79617,0000BEC -19-30NOV12-1/1

18. Replace the service cover, with the INLET arrow linedup with the air cleaner inlet. Do not force the servicecover onto the air cleaner or use the service cover topush the filter into place.

19. Fasten latches to secure the service cover and makesure that latches penetrate the slots in both the bodyand the service cover.

20. Inspect and torque all clamps, bolts and connectionsin the entire air intake system. Check for holes inpiping, and repair if needed.

21. Start engine and check monitor for the air filterrestriction indicator light to be sure there is norestriction.

• If air restriction indicator still shows restriction,replace secondary filter.

22. Install left engine side panel and close engine cover.

23. Lower boom.

Replace Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather1. Park machine.

2. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator'sStation. (Section 3-2.)

3. Loosen and slide hose clamp away from hydraulic oilreservoir breather (1). Remove hose.

4. Remove breather.

5. Install new breather.

6. Install hose and tighten clamp.

7. Lower operator's station.

TX1065732A

—UN—10NOV09

1—Hydraulic Oil ReservoirBreather

Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter1. Park machine on level surface.

2. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

3. Stop engine and engage park brake.

4. Open engine cover and remove right engine side panel.

5. Turn hydraulic oil filter (1) with a filter wrench to remove.

IMPORTANT: For the 326D and 328D manual controlmachines only: Prevent possible damage tothe hydrostatic pump. Do not use syntheticoil in the hydraulic system on manual controlunits (non-electrohydraulic).

6. Put a film of clean hydraulic oil on seal of new filter.

7. Install filter until it contacts mounting surface. Tightenfilter by hand 2/3 to 1 turn more.

8. Install right engine side panel and close engine cover.

TX1065733A

—UN—07OCT09

Hydraulic Oil Filter

1—Hydraulic Oil Filter

3-8-5 071713

PN=122

Page 123: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

OUT4001,00004C8 -19-14OCT09-1/1

OUT4001,00004C9 -19-10MAY13-1/1

Lubricate Steering Linkage—If Equipped1. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's

Station. (Section 3-2.)

2. Lubricate universal driveshaft grease fittings (1) andsteering arm grease fittings (2) with one or two shotsof grease. For recommended grease, see Grease.(Section 3-1.)

3. Lower operator's station.

1—Universal DriveshaftGrease Fitting (2 used)

2—Steering ArmGrease Fitting(2 used)

TX1065735A

—UN—09OCT09

Drain Fuel Tank Sump1. Remove cap screws from access panel under rear of

machine and remove access panel.

NOTE: If machine is equipped with a bucket, dumpthe bucket slightly to raise front end off theground. Shut the engine OFF.

2. To ensure that all of the water drains properly, usesuitable lifting device to slightly lift the front of themachine off of the ground. Place blocks under fronttires to support the machine.

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Make sure theengine is OFF. Be prepared to catch fuel withsuitable container when drain plug is removed.

3. Remove fuel tank sump drain plug (1) and drain waterand sediment into a suitable container. Dispose ofwaste properly.

NOTE: For a list of approved thread sealants contactyour authorized dealer.

TX1065763A

—UN—14OCT09

View Shown From Under Machine

1—Fuel Tank Sump Drain Plug

4. Apply thread sealant to threads of drain plug.

5. Install drain plug.

6. Install access panel and cap screws.

3-8-6 071713

PN=123

Page 124: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 500 Hours

OUT4001,00004C7 -19-12NOV12-1/1

OUT4001,00004CA -19-18DEC12-1/1

Check Chain Case Oil Level1. Park machine.

2. Remove fill plugs (1) located on each side of themachine frame.

3. Oil level should be just below fill plug threads.

4. If necessary, add oil. For recommended oil, see ChainCase Oil. (Section 3-1.)

5. Install fill plugs.

1—Fill Plug (2 used)

TX1065752A

—UN—08OCT09

Chain Case Fill Plug

Take Fluid SamplesSee your authorized dealer for taking the following fluidsamples:

• Hydraulic Oil• Diesel Fuel• Coolant

3-8-7 071713

PN=124

Page 125: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

OUT4001,0000365 -19-12APR11-1/1

Check CoolantSee Check Coolant. (Section 3-3.)

3-9-1 071713

PN=125

Page 126: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

Continued on next page MB60223,0000225 -19-12NOV12-1/2

Replace Secondary Engine Air FilterIMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. Do

not clean primary engine air filter. Replaceit when air restriction light is illuminated onengagement and monitor unit (EMU). To preventdirt from being sucked into engine, do notremove filter when engine is running.

Do not start engine without both the primaryand secondary filters installed.

1. Park machine.

2. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

3. Stop engine and engage park brake.

4. Open engine cover and remove left engine side panel.

5. Remove the dust unloader valve (3) and clean out anydust found in the drop tube.

6. Install dust unloader valve or replace if found wornor damaged.

7. Unlatch service cover latches (1) and remove servicecover.

8. To remove the primary filter (2), gently move the endof the filter back and forth to break the seal.

9. Gently pull the filter out of housing and discard. Avoiddislodging contaminant from the filter or knocking itagainst the housing.

10. Remove the secondary filter (4) by pulling it straightout.

11. Inspect the seal surface and housing for any damage.Replace the complete air cleaner if damage is present.

12. Block the outlet tube of the air cleaner using a smalldampened towel prior to proceeding with cleaningthe seal surface to avoid contaminating the inductionsystem.

13. With a second small dampened towel, thoroughlyclean the inside surface of the housing and seal areas.Be careful not to introduce contaminant into the outlettube.

14. Inspect the new secondary filter carefully. Checkfor any voids, cuts, tears, or indentations in theurethane-sealing surfaces.

15. Remove the dampened towel from the outlet tubethat was used to protect the induction system duringservicing.

16. Install the new secondary filter by pressing it firmly inplace until seated. When properly fitted it should fitsnugly inside the outlet tube.

17. Install the primary filter by gently sliding it over thesecondary filter and pressing it in place until fullyseated. When installing, apply pressure by handat the outer rim of the filter, not in the center, to

TX1086260A

—UN—27DEC10

Service Cover Latches and Dust Unloader Valve

TX1065986A

—UN—13OCT09

Primary Filter

TX1086639A

—UN—06JAN11

Secondary Filter

1—Service Cover Latch (3used)

2—Primary Filter

3—Dust Unloader Valve4—Secondary Filter

complete a tight seal. Continue pushing the filter intothe outlet tube until it stops. The critical sealing areawill compress slightly, adjust itself, and distribute thesealing pressure evenly.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If theservice cover does not fit flush to the body,the primary filter is not properly seated in thehousing. Check the primary and secondary filterinstallation, following the proper installationprocedure so they become fully seated. Theservice cover will then go on easily. Using theservice cover to push the filters could causedamage to the housing andwill void thewarranty.

3-9-2 071713

PN=126

Page 127: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

MB60223,0000225 -19-12NOV12-2/2

18. Replace the service cover, with the INLET arrow linedup with the air cleaner inlet. Do not force the servicecover onto the air cleaner or use the service cover topush the filter into place.

19. Fasten latches to secure the service cover and makesure that latches penetrate the slots in both the bodyand the service cover.

20. Inspect and torque all clamps, bolts and connectionsin the entire air intake system. Check for holes inpiping, and repair if needed.

21. Start engine and check monitor for the air filterrestriction indicator light to be sure there is norestriction.

22. Install left engine side panel and close engine cover.

23. Lower boom.

3-9-3 071713

PN=127

Page 128: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

ER79617,0000BE9 -19-09JUL10-1/1

Change Hydraulic Reservoir OilIMPORTANT: To ensure an accurate reading, park

machine on smooth level ground and check levelonly when hydraulic oil is cold and boom is downwith boom and bucket cylinders fully retracted.

When adding oil to the hydraulic reservoir, becareful not to get dirt into reservoir or oil.

Do not overfill hydraulic oil reservoir. Anoverfilled hydraulic oil reservoir will not allowfor oil expansion, which may result in oil leakagepast hydraulic reservoir breather or fill cap.

1. Park machine.

2. Open engine cover and remove left engine side panel.

3. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (3).

4. Under machine, remove hydraulic reservoir drain plugcover (1).

5. Position a suitable container under hydraulic reservoirdrain plug (2).

6. Remove drain plug and drain oil. Dispose of wasteoil properly.

7. Install drain plug and cover.

IMPORTANT: For the 326D and 328D manual controlmachines only: Prevent possible damage tothe hydrostatic pump. Do not use syntheticoil in the hydraulic system on manual controlunits (non-electrohydraulic).

8. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir. For recommended hydraulicoil, see Hydraulic and Hydrostatic Oil. (Section 3-1.)

SpecificationHydraulic ReservoirOil—Capacity................................................................................. 33.1 L

8.75 gal

9. Check hydraulic reservoir oil level on sight glass (4).Oil level should be between the two arrows.

10. Inspect drain plug for leakage.

11. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap.

12. Install left engine side panel and close engine cover.

TX1065772A

—UN—09OCT09

View Shown From Under Machine

TX1065773A

—UN—09OCT09

View Shown From Under Machine

TX1065778A

—UN—08OCT09

1—Hydraulic Reservoir DrainPlug Cover

2—Hydraulic Reservoir DrainPlug

3—Fill Cap4—Sight Glass

3-9-4 071713

PN=128

Page 129: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours

OUT4001,00004E7 -19-13NOV09-1/1

Change Chain Case Oil1. Park machine.

2. Position a suitable container underneath drain plugs(1) located on bottom rear of each side of machine.

3. Remove drain plugs.

4. Allow oil to drain into container. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

5. Install drain plugs.

6. Remove fill plugs (2) located on each side of themachine frame.

7. Fill each chain case until oil level is just below fill plugthreads. For recommended oil, see Chain Case Oil.(Section 3-1.)

SpecificationChain Case Oil—326Dand 328D Capacity (perside)................................................................................................ 18.2 L

4.8 gal

SpecificationChain Case Oil—332DCapacity (per side)......................................................................... 23.8 L

6.3 gal

8. Install fill plugs.

T194683A

—UN—22SEP03

TX1065770A

—UN—08OCT09

1—Drain Plug (2 used) 2—Fill Plug (2 used)

3-9-5 071713

PN=129

Page 130: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 6000 Hours

OUT4001,00004DE -19-21FEB13-1/1

Drain Cooling System

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids frompressurized cooling system can causeserious burns.

Prevent possible injury from hot spraying water.Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only whencool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowlyloosen cap to first stop to relieve pressurebefore removing completely.

1. Park machine.

2. Allow engine to cool.

3. Open engine cover and remove right and left engineside panels.

4. Slowly remove radiator cap (1).

5. On right side of machine, remove two outer cap screwsfrom access cover (2) and pull out access cover.

6. Route coolant drain hose (3) through access coveropening. Place suitable container under drain hose.

7. On left side of machine, open radiator drain valve (4)and allow coolant to drain into container. Dispose ofused coolant properly.

8. After coolant has drained, close radiator drain valve.

1—Radiator Cap2—Access Cover

3—Coolant Drain Hose4—Radiator Drain Valve

TX1065436A

—UN—02OCT09

TX1065788A

—UN—10NOV09

TX1065789A

—UN—10NOV09

3-10-1 071713

PN=130

Page 131: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Maintenance—Every 6000 Hours

OUT4001,00004DF -19-21FEB13-1/1

OUT4001,00004E8 -19-09OCT09-1/1

Flush Cooling System

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying water. Shut off engine. Remove fillercap only when cool enough to touch with barehands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relievepressure before removing completely.

IMPORTANT: To prevent engine damage:

• Do not pour water into a hot engine.• Do not operate engine without coolant.

1. Fill cooling system with clean water and John DeereCooling System Cleaner, John Deere Cooling SystemQuick Flush. Follow directions on the can.

2. Install and tighten radiator cap.

3. Start and run engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

4. Stop engine.

5. Place suitable container under drain hose.

CAUTION: Engine and flushing solutionwill be hot. Avoid contact with skin toprevent serious burns.

TX1065796A

—UN—08OCT09

1—Overflow Tank

6. Drain cooling system immediately before rust and dirtsettle. Slowly remove radiator cap and open radiatordrain valve. Allow flushing solution to drain intocontainer. Dispose of waste properly.

7. Close radiator drain valve.

8. Remove overflow tank (1) and overflow hose.

9. Clean and install overflow tank and overflow hose.

Fill Cooling System

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage.Using incorrect coolant mixture candamage radiator.

• Do not operate engine without coolant.• Do not operate engine with plain water.• Use antifreeze approved for use inaluminum engines.• Do not exceed a 50% antifreeze mixturefor coolant.• Do not pour coolant or water into radiatorwhen engine is hot.

NOTE: John Deere COOL-GARD™ II Pre-Mixcoolant is recommended when adding newcoolant to cooling system.

Follow directions on container for correctmixture ratio.

1. Check condition of coolant system hoses. If newhoses are needed, see your authorized dealer.

2. Fill cooling system slowly.Specification

Cooling System—Capac-ity.................................................................................................... 10.0 L

2.6 gal

3. Install and tighten radiator cap.

4. Start engine and run until engine reaches operatingtemperature, allowing entire system to be filled withcoolant.

5. Stop engine.

6. Allow engine to cool.

7. Check overflow tank for coolant level. Coolant shouldbe above the MIN COLD line, but below the MAXCOLD line.

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

3-10-2 071713

PN=131

Page 132: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

TX,90,DH2537 -19-20JUL12-1/1

CED,OUO1021,185 -19-05NOV08-1/1

Do Not Service Control Valves, Cylinders,Pumps, or MotorsSpecial tools and information are needed to servicecontrol valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.

If these parts need service, see your authorized JohnDeere dealer.

Precautions for Alternator and Regulator

When batteries are connected, follow these rules:

1. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable when you workon or near alternator or regulator.

2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR ORREGULATOR.

3. Be sure alternator wires are correctly connectedBEFORE you connect batteries.

4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.

5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator orregulator wires while batteries are connected or whilealternator is operating.

6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correctpolarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [-] tonegative [-]).

7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine isrunning and alternator is charging.

8. Disconnect battery cables before you connect batterycharger to the batteries. If machine has more than onebattery, each battery must be charged separately.

4-1-1 071713

PN=132

Page 133: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

Continued on next page TX14740,0001CBE -19-04NOV09-1/3

Check Battery Electrolyte Level andTerminals

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparksand flames away from batteries. Use a flashlightto check battery electrolyte level.

NEVER check battery charge by placinga metal object across the posts. Use avoltmeter or hydrometer.

ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clampfirst, and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte ispoisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin,eat holes in clothing, and cause blindnessif splashed into eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.3. Avoiding breathing fumes when

electrolyte is added.4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush contacted skin with water.2. Apply baking soda or lime to contacted

area to help neutralize the acid.3. Flush eyes with water for 15—30 minutes.

Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.

TS203—UN—23AUG88

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, butdo not exceed 1.9 L (2 qt).

3. Get medical attention immediately.

1. Remove battery box cover.

4-1-2 071713

PN=133

Page 134: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

TX14740,0001CBE -19-04NOV09-2/3

TX14740,0001CBE -19-04NOV09-3/3

IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries duringfreezing weather, batteries must be chargedafter water is added to prevent batteries fromfreezing. Charge battery using a batterycharger or by running the engine.

2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilledwater. DO NOT overfill.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYSremove grounded (-) battery clamp first,and replace it last.

3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.

1—Battery Post2—Fill Tube

3—Electrolyte Level Range

T137535—UN—25JAN01

T137536—UN—25JAN01

4. Clean battery terminals (1) and clamps with a stiffbrush.

5. Apply lubricating grease (2) around battery terminalbase only.

6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.

1—Battery Terminal 2—Lubricating Grease

T137537—UN—25JAN01

4-1-3 071713

PN=134

Page 135: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

TX03679,0001788 -19-05MAR13-1/1

Handling, Checking, and Servicing BatteriesCarefully

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparksand flames away from batteries. Use a flashlightto check battery electrolyte level.

Never check battery charge by placinga metal object across the posts. Use avoltmeter or hydrometer.

Always remove grounded (-) battery clampfirst, and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte ispoisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin,eat holes in clothing, and cause blindnessif splashed into eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.3. Avoiding breathing fumes when

electrolyte is added.4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush contacted skin with water.2. Apply baking soda or lime to contacted

area to help neutralize the acid.3. Flush eyes with water for 15—30 minutes.

Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but

do not exceed 1.9 L (2 qts.).3. Get medical attention immediately.

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California to cause cancer andreproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the followingmixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb.) baking sodain 4 L (1 gal.) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt.) household ammoniain 4 L (1 gal.) water.

IMPORTANT: Do not overfill the battery cells.

Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery cell.

See your authorized dealer for JT05460SERVICEGARD™ battery and coolant tester. Followdirections included with the tester.

A fully charged battery will have a corrected specificgravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,charge the battery.

TS204—UN—15APR13

Exploding Battery Gas

TS203—UN—23AUG88

Battery Electrolyte

T85402

—UN—10NOV88

Battery and Coolant Tester

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

4-1-4 071713

PN=135

Page 136: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

OUT4001,0000239 -19-03JAN12-1/1

OUT4001,00000E1 -19-12JUL13-1/1

Using Battery Charger

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from explodingbattery. Do not charge a battery if the batteryis frozen or it may explode. Warm battery to16°C (60°F) before charging.

Turn off charger before connecting ordisconnecting it.

IMPORTANT: Do not use battery charger as abooster if a battery has a 1.150 specificgravity reading or lower.

Disconnect battery ground (-) clamp beforeyou charge batteries in the machine to preventdamage to electrical components.

A battery charger may be used as a booster to start engine.

Ventilate the area where batteries are being charged.

Stop or cut back charging rate if battery case feels hot,or is venting electrolyte. Battery temperature must notexceed 52°C (125°F).

TS204—UN—15APR13

Prevent Battery Explosions

N36890—UN—07OCT88

Charger

Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt SystemBefore boost starting, machine must be properly shutdown to prevent unexpected machine movement whenengine starts.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from explodingbattery. An explosive gas is produced whilebatteries are in use or being charged. Keep flamesor sparks away from the battery area. Make surethe batteries are charged in a well ventilated area.

IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system isa 12-volt negative (-) ground. Use only12-volt booster batteries.

1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the positiveterminal of the machine batteries and the other end tothe positive terminal of the booster batteries.

2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the negativeterminal of the booster batteries. Connect other endof the negative cable to the machine as far away fromthe machine batteries as possible.

TS204—UN—15APR13

Using Booster Batteries

3. Start engine.

4. Immediately after starting engine disconnect end ofthe negative cable from the machine. Then disconnectthe other end of the negative cable from the negativeterminal of the booster batteries.

5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries andmachine batteries.

4-1-5 071713

PN=136

Page 137: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

OUT4001,00004F7 -19-28OCT09-1/1

OUT4001,00004F8 -19-17OCT09-1/1

Removing Battery

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode:

Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Usea flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

Never check battery charge by placing ametal object across the posts.

Always remove grounded (-) battery clampfirst, and replace it last.

NOTE: If battery is dead, battery will need to bejumped before removal procedure so theboom can be raised.

1. Remove any attachment.

2. Park machine.

3. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

4. Stop engine and engage park brake.

5. Open engine cover and remove right engine side panel.

6. Disconnect negative (-) cable (1) from battery.

7. Pull back red positive terminal cover (2) anddisconnect positive (+) cable.

8. Clean battery with a damp cloth or rag. Keep dirt outof battery cells.

9. Remove battery:

• Loosen J-bolts on battery hold down bracket.• Lift battery from battery compartment.

10. Clean battery, battery terminals, cable ends, batterybox, and other parts with a solution of 1 part bakingsoda to 4 parts water. Keep solution out of battery cells.

11. Rinse all parts with clean water and let dry.

TX1065965A

—UN—12OCT09

1—Negative (-) Cable 2—Positive Terminal Cover

NOTE: If a new battery is needed, install a battery of equalspecification. See Replacing Battery in this section.

12. Install battery:

• Place battery in battery compartment.• Install battery hold down bracket by inserting in rearframe slot.• Install J-bolts, and tighten hardware.

13. Connect positive (+) cable to battery positive (+)terminal. Apply petroleum or silicone spray to terminalto prevent corrosion. Make sure connection is tight.Push red positive cover over positive terminal.

14. Connect negative (-) cable to battery. Apply petroleumjelly or silicone spray to prevent corrosion. Make sureconnection is tight.

15. Install right engine side panel and close engine cover.

16. Lower boom.

Replacing Battery

This machine has one 12-volt battery with negative (-)ground. Battery must meet one of the specifications below.

SpecificationBattery—Cold CrankingAmps.................................................................................................. 925

Battery—MinutesReserve Capacity............................................................................... 150

For removal and installation procedure, see RemovingBattery in this section.

4-1-6 071713

PN=137

Page 138: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

VD76477,00004EE -19-31OCT12-1/1

DX,WW,ECU02 -19-14AUG09-1/1

DX,WW,ECU04 -19-11JUN09-1/1

Welding On MachineIMPORTANT: Disconnect both negative and

positive battery cables and microprocessorunit (if applicable).

Have only a qualified welder do this job.Connect welder ground clamp close to each

weld area so electrical current does notpass through any bearings.

Remove or protect all parts that can bedamaged by heat or weld splatter.

Welding Near Electronic Control UnitsIMPORTANT: Do not jump-start engines with arc

welding equipment. Currents and voltages aretoo high and may cause permanent damage.

1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable(s).

2. Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable(s).

3. Connect the positive and negative cables together. Donot attach to vehicle frame.

4. Clear or move any wiring harness sections away fromwelding area.

5. Connect welder ground close to welding point andaway from control units.

TS953—UN—15MAY

90

6. After welding, reverse Steps 1—5.

Keep Electronic Control Unit ConnectorsCleanIMPORTANT: Do not open control unit and do not

clean with a high-pressure spray. Moisture,dirt, and other contaminants may causepermanent damage.

1. Keep terminals clean and free of foreign debris.Moisture, dirt, and other contaminants may cause theterminals to erode over time and not make a goodelectrical connection.

2. If a connector is not in use, put on the proper dust capor an appropriate seal to protect it from foreign debrisand moisture.

3. Control units are not repairable.

4. Since control units are the components LEAST likelyto fail, isolate failure before replacing by completing adiagnostic procedure. (See your John Deere dealer.)

5. The wiring harness terminals and connectors forelectronic control units are repairable.

4-1-7 071713

PN=138

Page 139: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

OUT4001,00004EE -19-12NOV12-1/1

Remove and Install Halogen Bulbs1. Remove torx screws (1) and pull out lamp housing (2)

from machine.

2. Disconnect harness connector (3).

3. Release retainer clip (4) to remove halogen bulb (5)from lamp.

4. Disconnect halogen bulb from connector (6).

IMPORTANT: Do not touch the halogen bulb with barehands. Oil and moisture may cause prematurebulb failure. Clean bulb glass if touched,using an oil-free cloth with alcohol.

5. Connect new halogen bulb and install into lamp.

6. Install retainer clip.

7. Connect harness connector and install lamp housingback into machine.

8. Install torx screws.

1—Screw (4 used)2—Lamp Housing3—Harness Connector

4—Retainer Clip5—Halogen Bulb6—Connector

TX1066041A

—UN—13OCT09

Four Screws for Light Assembly

TX1066042A

—UN—13OCT09

Bulb Housing and Wire Connector

TX1066043A

—UN—13OCT09

Retainer Clip and Halogen Bulb

4-1-8 071713

PN=139

Page 140: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

OUT4001,00004FF -19-24NOV09-1/1

Adding Rear CounterweightsNOTE: The 332D comes standard with one set

of counterweights.

There are three optional sets of counterweights that canbe added to machine.

Use a suitable lifting device to put each counterweighton machine.

SpecificationCounterweight—Weight(each).............................................................................................. 39 kg

86 lb

1. Line up counterweight holes with three threaded holeson machine.

NOTE: For the top two cap screws, place spacersbetween the counterweight and machine frame.

2. Install spacers and tighten M16 x 70 mm flange capscrews (1).

3. Stack second counterweight on first counterweightand line up holes.

4. Install M16 x 120 mm flange cap screws (2) andtighten with nuts.

5. Stack third counterweight on second counterweightand line up holes.

6. Install M16 x 120 mm flange cap screws (3) andtighten with nuts.

1—M16 x 70 mm Flange CapScrew (3 used)

2—M16 x 120 mm Flange CapScrew (2 used)

3—M16 x 120 mm Flange CapScrew (3 used)

TX1066135A

—UN—15OCT09

TX1066136A

—UN—15OCT09

TX1066137A

—UN—15OCT09

4-1-9 071713

PN=140

Page 141: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

OUT4001,00004F1 -19-03NOV09-1/1

OUT4001,00004F2 -19-05NOV09-1/1

Replacing Alternator Belt1. Inspect belt for cracks, fraying, or stretched out areas.

Replace if necessary.

2. To replace belt, release tension on belt.

3. Remove belt from pulleys, and discard belt.

4. Install new belt, making sure belt is correctly seatedin all pulley grooves.

5. Start engine, and check belt alignment.

TX1066463—UN—19OCT09

With Air Conditioner

TX1066464—UN—19OCT09

Without Air Conditioner

Adjusting Boom and Bucket Linkage—HandsOnly MachinesIf boom and bucket cycle times are slow, adjust boom andbucket linkage.

1. Raise boom and lock in raised position.

2. Park machine and shut OFF engine.

3. Turn key to RUN position.

4. Press park brake switch to middle position to actuatehydraulics while park brake is engaged.

5. Pivot each control lever left and right. Ensure thatboom control valve locks into detent.

6. Confirm that when control levers are returned to neutralposition, they are in the center of opening range.

7. Raise and lock operator's station in up position.

8. Remove footwell.

9. If necessary, adjust positions of cables forward orbackward using nuts (1) to properly position controllevers.

TX1066107A

—UN—15OCT09

1—Nut (2 used)

10. Install footwell and lower operator's station.

11. Lower boom to the ground.

4-1-10 071713

PN=141

Page 142: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

OUT4001,00004F3 -19-05NOV09-1/1

Continued on next page OUT4001,00004F5 -19-03DEC12-1/2

Adjusting Pedal Angle—Hand and FootMachinesThe angle of the pedals can be adjusted to suit differentoperators or different footwear.

Adjust the angle by increasing or decreasing the lengthof the rods (1).

Increasing length of the rod, increases pedal angle.Decreasing length of the rod, decreases pedal angle.

1. Remove footwell.

2. Loosen nuts (2).

3. Turn the rod to desired length until pedal is atcomfortable angle. Make sure there is still threadengagement.

4. Tighten nuts.

5. Install footwell.

TX1066428A

—UN—16OCT09

1—Rod (2 used) 2—Nut (4 used)

Replacing Fuses1. Fuses are located in operator's station on the right side.

2. Remove fuse panel cover (1).

3. Pull off protective cap.

4. Pull fuse out of socket.

5. Check metal clip in fuse window. Discard fuse if clipis broken.

6. Push new fuse into proper socket. Be sure new fuseis the same amperage as removed fuse.

1—Fuse Panel Cover

TX1066401A

—UN—16OCT09

Fuse Panel Cover

4-1-11 071713

PN=142

Page 143: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

OUT4001,00004F5 -19-03DEC12-2/2

OUT4001,00004F6 -19-12NOV12-1/1

F1—Key Switch UnswitchedPower 7.5 A Fuse

F2—Monitor UnswitchedPower 10 A Fuse

F3—ECU Unswitched Power20 A Fuse

F4—Air Seat 10 A FuseF5—Dome Light and

Accessory Power Socket10 A Fuse

F6—Lights 20 A FuseF7—Accessory 15 A Fuse

F8—Air Conditioner andHeater 30 A Fuse

F14— Quik-Tatch 30 A FuseF15— Switched Power 10 A

FuseF16— Horn 10 A Fuse (switch

A)F17— Handle Switches 5 A

Fuse (switch B, G, H)F18— Handle Switches 5 A

Fuse (switch C, D, E, F)

A B

C D

G

E

F

H

F6F5

F7

F8

F14V2

V1

F2F1

F3

F4

F16F17

F15

F18

21

TX1127170—UN—04JAN13

Fuse Designations

Replacing Glow Plug Fuse1. Park machine.

2. Raise and lock operator's station in up position.

3. Loosen cap screws and remove fuse and relay centercover (1).

4. Locate F9 glow plug 60 A fuse (2).

5. Pull fuse out of socket.

6. Check metal clip in fuse window. Discard fuse if clipis broken.

7. Push new fuse into socket. Be sure new fuse is thesame amperage as removed fuse.

8. Install fuse and relay center cover.

9. Lower operator's station.

1—Fuse and Relay CenterCover

2—F9 Glow Plug 60 A Fuse

TX1066436A

—UN—16OCT09

Glow Plug Fuse

4-1-12 071713

PN=143

Page 144: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

TX,90,FF1225 -19-16JAN08-1/1

DX,TORQ1 -19-12JAN11-1/1

Hardware Torque SpecificationsCheck cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight.If hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on thefollowing charts unless a special torque is specified.

Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque ValuesTS1671 —UN—01MAY03

SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2a SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 SAE Grade 8 or 8.2Bolt or ScrewSize Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc

N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.1/4 3.7 33 4.7 42 6 53 7.5 66 9.5 84 12 106 13.5 120 17 150

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.5/16 7.7 68 9.8 86 12 106 15.5 137 19.5 172 25 221 28 20.5 35 26

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.3/8 13.5 120 17.5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32.5 49 36 63 46

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.7/16 22 194 28 20.5 35 26 44 32.5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74

N·m lb.-ft.1/2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 1159/16 48 35.5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 1655/8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 2253/4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 4007/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 6401 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960

1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 13501-1/4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 19201-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 25001-1/2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350

Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the boltor screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tighteningprocedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or crimped steeltype lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on U-bolts, see thetightening instructions for the specific application. Shear bolts are designed to failunder predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.

Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If highergrade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of theoriginal. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that youproperly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricateplain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel boltsor wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for thespecific application.

aGrade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.b“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in.and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.c“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.

4-1-13 071713

PN=144

Page 145: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine

DX,TORQ2 -19-12JAN11-1/1

Metric Bolt and Screw Torque ValuesTS1670 —UN—01MAY03

4.84.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9

12.912.910.99.88.84.8

Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9Bolt or ScrewSize Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb

N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35

N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70

N·m lb.-ft.M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500

Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength ofthe bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value ortightening procedure is given for a specific application. For stainless steelfasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for thespecific application. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel type lock nutsby turning the nut to the dry torque shown in the chart, unless differentinstructions are given for the specific application.

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Alwaysreplace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners withthe same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners areused, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make sure fastenerthreads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. Whenpossible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts,wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for thespecific application.

a“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.b“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.

4-1-14 071713

PN=145

Page 146: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-1/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-2/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-3/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-4/28

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-5/28

Operational CheckoutUse this procedure to make a quick check of machineoperation by doing a walk around inspection andperforming specific checks from operator’s seat.

Complete visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, externalleaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring, etc.) beforeperforming operational checkout.

Most checks will require machine systems to be at normaloperating temperatures and a level area with adequate

space to operate machine. Some checks may requirevaried surfaces.

No special tools are necessary to perform the checkout.

If no problem is found, go to next check. If problem isindicated, an additional check or repair procedure will besuggested.

Key Switch OFF, Engine OFF Checks

•1 Diagnostic TroubleCode Check

Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing theoperational checkout.

Diagnostic trouble codes are displayed on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU).Sit in seat and access diagnostic trouble code menu. YES: See your authorized

dealer.LOOK: Are diagnostic trouble codes present? NO: Proceed with

operational checkout.

•2 Engagement andMonitor Unit (EMU)Circuits Check

Sit in operator's seat.

LOOK: Do all indicators illuminate and then go out depending on machine status?LOOK: Do all EMU display segments turn on, turn off, display TMC BY DEERE for 2seconds, display correct machine model and speed setting for 2 seconds, and thendisplay the hour meter?

YES: Go to next check.

Lower interlocking seat bar. NO: Check monitorunswitched power 10 ampfuse (F2).

LOOK: Do seat and interlocking seat bar indicators go off? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

Key Switch ON, Engine OFF Checks

4-2-1 071713

PN=146

Page 147: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-6/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-7/28

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-8/28

•1 EMU Circuits Check Turn key switch ON.

LOOK: Do gauges move to the far right position, then move to the center position, andthen display the machine status?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Do switches on control panel illuminate? NO: Check key switchunswitched power 7.5 ampfuse (F1).

LISTEN: Does EMU alarm sound? NO: Check monitorunswitched power 10 ampfuse (F2).

Close cab door—if equipped. NO: Check switched power10 amp fuse (F15).

LOOK: Does the cab door indicator go off? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

•2 Horn Circuit Check(If Equipped)

Press the horn switch. YES: Go to next check.

LISTEN: Does horn sound? NO: Check key switchunswitched power 7.5 ampfuse (F1).NO: Check horn 10 ampfuse (F16).NO: See your authorizeddealer.

•3 Lights Circuit Check Push light switch to middle position. YES: Go to next step in thischeck.

LOOK: Do front work lights and tail lights turn on? NO: Check lights 20 ampfuse (F6).NO: Check key switchunswitched power 7.5 ampfuse (F1).NO: See your authorizeddealer.

Push light switch to upper position. YES: Go to next step in thischeck.

LOOK: Do front work lights and tail lights stay on and rear work light turn on? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

If equipped, push dual flasher switch to the upper position. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Do the dual flashers turn on? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

4-2-2 071713

PN=147

Page 148: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-9/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-10/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-11/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-12/28

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-13/28

•4 Windshield WiperCircuit Check (IfEquipped)

Close cab door. YES: Go to next check.

Push windshield wiper and washer switch to the middle position. NO: Check accessory 20amp fuse (F7).

LOOK: Does wiper operate? NO: Check key switchunswitched power 7.5 ampfuse (F1).NO: See your authorizeddealer.

•5 Windshield WasherCircuit Check (IfEquipped)

Close cab door. YES: Go to next check.

Turn on windshield wiper. NO: Check washer fluidlevel.

Push and hold windshield wiper and washer switch in the upper position. NO: Check washer hosefor kinks or obstructions.

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to washer motor. Washer motor may be damagedif washer switch is held for more than 20 seconds, or continuallyoperated with no fluid in the washer fluid tank.

NO: Check accessory 20amp fuse (F7).

LOOK: Does washer operate? NO: Check key switchunswitched power 7.5 ampfuse (F1).NO: See your authorizeddealer.

Key Switch ON, Engine ON Checks

•1 Engine Start Check Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position.

Start engine. YES: Go to next check.LISTEN/LOOK: Does engine speed increase briefly, then return to slow idle? NO: Check slow idle and

fast idle engine speeds.

•2 Engine Idle Check Position engine speed control dial in slow idle position. YES: Check waterseparator fuel filter. SeeCheck and Drain WaterSeparator Fuel Filter.(Section 3-4.)

LISTEN: Does engine idle poorly? YES: Test diesel fuel.See Testing Diesel Fuel.(Section 3-1.)YES: See your authorizeddealer.NO: Go to next check.

4-2-3 071713

PN=148

Page 149: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-14/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-15/28

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-16/28

•3 Engine Speed Check Set EMU to display engine rpm.

Set engine speed at slow idle with engine speed control dial and engine speed controlpedal released.LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 1150—1250 rpm?Rotate engine speed control dial to set the engine speed at fast idle. Engine speedcontrol pedal must be released.LOOK/LISTEN: 326D, 328D—Does engine run between 2950—3050 rpm?LOOK/LISTEN: 332D—Does engine run between 2750—2850 rpm?Fully depress engine speed control pedal to set engine speed at fast idle. Engine speedcontrol dial must be in slow idle position.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/LISTEN: 326D, 328D—Does engine run between 2950—3050 rpm? NO: Check diagnostictrouble codes (DTCs).

LOOK/LISTEN: 332D—Does engine run between 2750—2850 rpm? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

•4 Hydraulic ControlEnable Check

Close cab door—if equipped.

Engine speed at slow idle.Engage park brake.Actuate boom and bucket functions. NO: Go to next step in this

check.LOOK: Does boom and bucket move? YES: See your authorized

dealer.Move park brake switch to the run position to enable hydraulics.Actuate boom and bucket functions. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does boom and bucket move? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

•5 Electric Quik-Tatch™Check (If Equipped)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to Quik-Tatch™ motor. Damage to Quick-Tatchmotor will occur if motor is immersed in liquid. Do not immerse in liquid.

Close cab door—if equipped.Press and hold lower part of Quik-Tatch switch to unlock the Quik-Tatch latches.LOOK/LISTEN: Do Quik-Tatch latches release attachment?Press and hold upper part of Quik-Tatch switch to lock the Quik-Tatch latches. YES: Go to next check.LOOK/LISTEN: Do Quik-Tatch latches secure attachment? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company

4-2-4 071713

PN=149

Page 150: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-17/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-18/28

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-19/28

•6 Back-Up Alarm Check(If Equipped) CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement.

Keep bystanders clear of machine.

Engine speed at slow idle. YES: Go to next check.Drive machine in reverse. NO: Check accessory 20

amp fuse (F7) and keyswitch unswitched power7.5 amp fuse (F1).

LOOK/LISTEN: Does back-up alarm sound? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

•7 Steering MistrackingCheck CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement.

Keep bystanders clear of machine.

Engine speed at fast idle.Drive machine at full speed forward on a flat and level surface for 30 m (100 ft.).Repeat procedure for reverse direction.Observe which direction and how much the machine mistracks from a straight line. YES: See your authorized

dealer.LOOK: Does machine mistrack more than the width of the machine over 30 m (100 ft.)? NO: Go to next check.

•8 Boom Down DriftCheck

NOTE: This check may require two people.

NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check.

Close cab door—if equipped.Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C

110°FActuate boom function to lower boom to ground.Raise boom halfway.Engage park brake.Mark and record a distance on the boom cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel.Disengage park brake.Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes.Engage park brake.Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod.

SpecificationBoom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)........................................................... 12.7 mm/5 min.

0.5 in./5 min.

NO: Go to next step in thischeck.

LOOK: Does boom drift down more than specification? YES: Go to next check.Raise boom halfway.Engage park brake.Turn engine off.Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes.

SpecificationBoom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)........................................................... 12.7 mm/5 min.

0.5 in./5 min.

YES: See your authorizeddealer.

LOOK: Does boom drift down more than specification? NO: Go to next check.

4-2-5 071713

PN=150

Page 151: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-20/28

•9 Boom Up Drift Check NOTE: This check may require two people.

NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check.

Close cab door—if equipped.Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C

110°FNOTE: Bucket may need to be in dump position.Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off the ground.Engage park brake.Mark and record a distance on the boom cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel.Disengage park brake.Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes.Engage park brake.Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod.

SpecificationBoom Circuit—Drift (maximum).............................................................. 12.7 mm/5 min.

0.5 in./5 min.

NO: Go to next step in thischeck.

LOOK: Does boom drift up more than specification? YES: Go to next check.Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off the ground.Engage park brake.Turn engine off.Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes.

SpecificationBoom Cylinder—Drift (maximum)........................................................... 12.7 mm/5 min.

0.5 in./5 min.

YES: See your authorizeddealer.

LOOK: Does boom drift up more than specification? NO: Go to next check.

4-2-6 071713

PN=151

Page 152: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-21/28

••10 Bucket Dump DriftCheck

NOTE: This check may require two people.

NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check.

Close cab door—if equipped.Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C

110°FRaise boom halfway.Fully roll back bucket.Dump bucket halfway.Engage park brake.Mark and record a distance on the bucket cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel.Disengage park brake.Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes.Engage park brake.Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod.

SpecificationBucket Circuit—Drift (maximum)............................................................. 12.7 mm/5 min.

0.5 in./5 min.

NO: Go to next step in thischeck.

LOOK: Does bucket drift down more than specification? YES: Go to next check.Raise boom halfway.Fully roll back bucket.Dump bucket halfway.Engage park brake.Turn engine off.Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes.

SpecificationBucket Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................... 12.7 mm/5 min.

0.5 in./5 min.

YES: See your authorizeddealer.

LOOK: Does bucket drift down more than specification? NO: Go to next check.

4-2-7 071713

PN=152

Page 153: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-22/28

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-23/28

••11 Bucket Curl DriftCheck

NOTE: This check may require two people.

NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check.

Close cab door—if equipped.Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C

110°FDump bucket halfway.Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off the ground.Engage park brake.Mark and record a distance on the bucket cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel.Disengage park brake.Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes.Engage park brake.Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod.

SpecificationBucket Circuit—Drift (maximum)............................................................. 12.7 mm/5 min.

0.5 in./5 min.

NO: Go to next step in thischeck.

LOOK: Does bucket drift up more than specification? YES: Go to next check.Dump bucket halfway.Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off the ground.Engage park brake.Turn engine off.Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes.

SpecificationBucket Cylinder—Drift (maximum).......................................................... 12.7 mm/5 min.

0.5 in./5 min.

YES: See your authorizeddealer.

LOOK: Does bucket drift up more than specification? NO: Go to next check.

••12 Auxiliary HydraulicOverride Check CAUTION: Prevent injury from operating attachments. Stay clear

of moving parts on the attachment.

Close cab door—if equipped.Operate auxiliary hydraulic function.Raise interlocking seat bar and exit machine.LISTEN/LOOK: Do the auxiliary hydraulics shut off?Return to seat, lower interlocking seat bar and close cab door—if equipped.Operate auxiliary hydraulic function.Press auxiliary hydraulic override switch.LOOK: Does “AUX HYDRAULIC BYPASS” appear in EMU display?NOTE: Operator must exit machine within 15 seconds of pressing

auxiliary hydraulic override switch.Open cab door and exit machine.LISTEN/LOOK: Do the auxiliary hydraulics continue to operate after operator hasexited the machine?Return to seat, lower interlocking seat bar and close cab door, if equipped.Disengage auxiliary hydraulics. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does EMU exit “AUX HYDRAULIC BYPASS” mode and return to last rundata item?

NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-8 071713

PN=153

Page 154: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-24/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-25/28

Continued on next page OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-26/28

••13 Self Leveling ValveCheck (If Equipped)

NOTE: Self leveling function is only active for boom up function.

Close cab door—if equipped.Lower boom to the ground.Position bottom of bucket on the ground.Raise boom. YES: Go to next check.LOOK: Does bucket self level as boom is raised? NO: See your authorized

dealer.

••14 Heating and AirConditioning SystemCheck

NOTE: Engine will need to be at operating temperature for this check.

Engine speed at slow idle.Turn blower speed dial from off to slow, medium and high speeds.LISTEN/FEEL: Does fan speed increase and/or decrease as switch is moved?Turn blower speed dial to a medium speed setting.Turn cab temperature control dial to hot (red).FEEL: Does warm air come out of air ducts?Turn cab temperature control dial to cold (blue).FEEL: Does cool air come out of air ducts? YES: Go to next check.Turn air conditioner switch on. NO: Check air conditioner

and heater 15 amp fuse(F8).

FEEL/LISTEN: Does cold air come out of air ducts after a couple of minutes? NO: See your authorizeddealer.

••15 Cycle TimesCheck—326D

Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C

110°FEngine speed at fast idle.Record cycle time for each function. YES: Check complete.Does machine perform within specification?

Cycle Times—SpecificationBoom Raise—Cycle Time (maximum)..................................................................4.1 secBoom Lower—Cycle Time (maximum).................................................................3.0 secBucket Curl—Cycle Time (maximum)...................................................................1.7 secBucket Dump—Cycle Time (maximum)................................................................1.2 sec

NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-9 071713

PN=154

Page 155: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-27/28

OUT4001,000051E -19-04DEC09-28/28

••16 Cycle TimesCheck—328D

Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C

110°FEngine speed at fast idle.Record cycle time for each function. YES: Check complete.Does machine perform within specification?

Cycle Times—SpecificationBoom Raise—Cycle Time (maximum)..................................................................4.1 secBoom Lower—Cycle Time (maximum).................................................................3.0 secBucket Curl—Cycle Time (maximum)...................................................................2.6 secBucket Dump—Cycle Time (maximum)................................................................1.7 sec

NO: See your authorizeddealer.

••17 Cycle TimesCheck—332D

Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches temperature specification.

SpecificationHydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C

110°FEngine speed at fast idle.Record cycle time for each function. YES: Check complete.Does machine perform within specification?

Cycle Times—SpecificationBoom Raise—Cycle Time (maximum)..................................................................4.4 secBoom Lower—Cycle Time (maximum).................................................................3.2 secBucket Curl—Cycle Time (maximum)...................................................................2.4 secBucket Dump—Cycle Time (maximum)................................................................2.0 sec

NO: See your authorizeddealer.

4-2-10 071713

PN=155

Page 156: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

TX14740,00000CB -19-06FEB08-1/1

OUT4001,000053B -19-03NOV09-1/1

Troubleshooting Procedure

NOTE: Troubleshooting charts are arranged from thesimplest to verify, to least likely, more difficultto verify. When diagnosing a problem, useall possible means to isolate the problem to asingle component or system. Use the followingsteps to diagnose problems:

Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure

Step 2. Troubleshooting Charts

Step 3. Adjustments

Step 4. See your authorized dealer

EngineSymptom Problem Solution

Machine Will Not start Park brake switch not engaged Push upper half of switch.

No power to key switch or park brakeswitch

Check fuse and battery connection.

No power to starter Check key switch, start relay, batteryconnection, and starter connection.

Fuel tank empty Add fuel.

Improper fuel Drain fuel tank and add proper fuel.

Clogged fuel filter Replace fuel filter.

Air leak on suction side of fuel system Check for bubbles in fuel filter andtighten connections. Inspect fuel linesfor damage.

Slow cranking speed Check battery and connections.

Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction indicator andair filter.

Engine Surges, Stalls, Or Misses Fuel tank vent clogged Remove cap, and listen for sound ofair entering tank. Replace cap.

Improper fuel Drain fuel tank, and add proper fuel.

Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction indicator andair filter.

Fuel filter clogged Replace filter.

Engine Overheats Air intake screens clogged Clean air intake screens.

Incorrect coolant mixture Check coolant mixture.

Engine oil level low Check engine oil dipstick.

Loose or defective alternator belt Check alternator belt.

4-3-1 071713

PN=156

Page 157: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

OUT4001,0000501 -19-03NOV09-1/1

Electrical SystemSymptom Problem Solution

Park Brake Will Not Disengage Interlocking seat bar switch is notactivated

Lower interlocking seat bar to activateseat switch.

Raise/lower interlocking seat bar toreactivate seat switch.

Joysticks not in neutral (EH machines) Move joysticks to neutral position.

Park brake has not gone through themomentary down position (unlocked).

Push lower half of switch.

Park Brake Will Not Engage Park brake is not in the up (locked)position

Push upper half of switch.

Starting Motor Will Not Turn Battery terminals corroded Check and clean as necessary.

Loose connection at starter or starterrelay

Check all electrical connections.

Blown fuse Replace fuse.

Battery dead or low charge Check battery voltage, and charge asnecessary.

Engine Cranks Slowly Low battery input Check battery voltage, and charge asnecessary.

Loose or corroded battery cables Inspect and clean or tighten.

Engine oil viscosity too heavy Verify engine oil viscosity.

Battery Will Not Charge Dead cell in battery Replace battery.

Low engine speed or excessive idling Increase engine rpm to raise alternatoroutput.

Battery cables and terminals dirty Clean cables and connections asnecessary.

Alternator belt loose or damaged Check belt. Tighten if loose.

Lights Do Not Work Blown fuse Replace fuse.

Loose or bad bulb Check bulb connection, or replace asnecessary.

Battery Voltage Indicator LightRemains On With Engine Running

Loose or glazed alternator belt Check belt. Tighten if loose. Replaceif glazed.

Low battery input Check battery voltage, and charge asnecessary.

4-3-2 071713

PN=157

Page 158: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting

OUT4001,0000502 -19-19OCT09-1/1

Hydraulic SystemSymptom Problem Solution

Boom And Bucket Will Not Move Joysticks not in neutral (EH machines) Move joysticks to neutral position.

Park brake will not engage Interlocking seat bar switch notactivated or not properly sequenced.

Park brake engaged Disengage park brake.

Excessive Pump Noise Low oil level Add oil to correct level.

Suction line clogged Check for line restriction, or replacehose as necessary.

Air leaks at pump inlet line fittings Check all hydraulic connections, andtighten as necessary.

Low Hydraulic Power Hydraulic oil aerated Drain hydraulic oil tank and refill.

Low oil level Check oil levels.

Air leaks at pump inlet line fittings Check all hydraulic connections, andtighten as necessary.

Slow Hydraulic Function Auxiliary hydraulic roller locked indetent position

Return roller to neutral position.

Boom or bucket overloaded Lighten load on hydraulic function.

Low oil level Add oil to correct level.

Engine rpm too low Increase rpm, or check engine speed.

Hydraulic oil aerated Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suctionhose has air leak; inspect and tighten.

Hose or line leakage Inspect and tighten fittings.

Machine Loses Power Dirty or clogged fuel water separatorfilter

Check fuel water separator filter.

4-3-3 071713

PN=158

Page 159: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine Storage

OUT4001,00004E9 -19-12NOV12-1/1

Prepare Machine for StorageIMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage, do not use

biodiesel during machine storage. Whenusing biodiesel blends, switch to petroleumdiesel for long term storage.

1. Before storage, operate engine on at least onecomplete tank of petroleum diesel fuel to purge thefuel system. Ensure that the fuel tank is full duringstorage to prevent water buildup due to condensation.

NOTE: For blends up to and including B20, it isrecommended that biodiesel be used within threemonths of its manufacture. For blends greaterthan B20, it is recommended that the biodieselbe used within 45 days. The poor oxidationstability characteristic of biodiesel can result inlong-term storage problems. John Deere does notrecommend using biodiesel in engines poweringstandby applications or vehicles operating on aseasonal basis. Consult your John Deere dealer orfuel supplier for additives to improve fuel storageand performance of biodiesel fuels. These additivesmust be added to the biodiesel close to its timeof production for them to be effective.

2. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, ifnecessary, to avoid needless delays later.

3. Replace air cleaner elements.

IMPORTANT: High pressure washing greater than1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) can damage freshlypainted finishes. Paint should be allowed toair dry for 30 days minimum after receipt ofmachine before cleaning parts or machineswith high pressure. Use low pressure washoperations until 30 days have elapsed.

4. Wash the machine. Use low pressure wash operations(less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) until 30 daysafter receipt of machine have elapsed. Paint areas toprevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.

T5813A

M—UN—09FE

B89

Prepare Machine for Storage

5. If possible, raise machine high enough so tires do nottouch the ground. If not, park on a hard surface toprevent tires from freezing to ground.

6. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If storedoutside, cover with a waterproof material.

IMPORTANT: LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor can destroypainted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3 RustInhibitor on painted areas.

7. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coatexposed cylinder rods with LPS ® 3 Rust Inhibitor.

8. Place a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the right controllever.

9. Lubricate all grease points.

10. Remove the battery and store in a dry, protected placeafter charging fully. If not removed, disconnect thenegative battery cable from the (—) terminal.

11. Drain water separator fuel filter.

12. Remove keys and lock engine cover and door, ifequipped.

LPS is a trademark of the Holt Lloyd Corporation.

4-4-1 071713

PN=159

Page 160: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine Storage

VD76477,00016A3 -19-13JUN11-1/2

VD76477,00016A3 -19-13JUN11-2/2

Monthly Storage Procedure

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or deathfrom asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumescan cause sickness or death. Start engineONLY in a well-ventilated area.

1. Drain water and sediment from fuel tank when airtemperature is above freezing.

2. Remove LPS 3® Rust Inhibitor from cylinder rods witha cleaning solvent.

T6191A

A—UN—18OCT88

LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.During cold temperatures, check fluidity ofengine oil on dipstick. If the oil appears waxyand/or jelly-like rather than liquid, DO NOTattempt to start engine. Use external heat sourceto warm the crankcase until oil appears fluid.

3. Check all fluid levels. If low, check for leaks and addoil as required.

4. Check belts.

5. Check condition of all hoses and connections.

6. Check battery electrolyte level. Charge and installbattery.

7. For machines with tires, check condition of tires andtire pressure.

For machines with tracks, check condition of tracksand track sag.

On crawler machines with non sealed-and-lubricatedtrack chains, apply oil to the pin-to-bushing joints. Runmachine back and forth several times.

8. Park machine on a hard surface to prevent tracks fromfreezing to ground.

9. Fill fuel tank.

10. Pre-lubricate turbocharger bearings, if equipped:

a. Disconnect fuel shutoff fuse.

b. Crank engine for 10 seconds.

c. Connect fuel shutoff fuse.

11. Inspect engine compartment, and remove any foreignmaterial that may have accumulated. Start engine and

T6181A

U—UN—18OCT88

run until it reaches operating temperature. Run at 1/2speed for five minutes. Do not run at fast or slow idle.

• If engine fails to start or runs poorly after starting,change fuel filter(s). Bleed fuel system.

12. Operate all controls, levers, seat adjustments, etc.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Clear thearea of all persons before running machinethrough the operation procedure.

13. Make sure the area is clear to allow for movement.Cycle all hydraulic functions several times. Checkcondition of all hoses and connections.

14. Park the machine with cylinder rods retracted, ifpossible. Turn key switch to OFF.

15. Apply LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor to exposed cylinder rodareas.

4-4-2 071713

PN=160

Page 161: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers

OUT4001,00004FB -19-16OCT09-1/1

OUT4001,00004FC -19-16OCT09-1/1

OUT4001,00004F9 -19-16OCT09-1/1

OUT4001,00004FA -19-16OCT09-1/1

Record Product Identification Number (PIN)Purchase Date

NOTE: Record all 13 characters of the PIN.

The PIN tag (1) is located on the right side of machine,above the boom lock.

1—PIN Tag

TX1066440A

—UN—16OCT09

Record Engine Serial NumberEngine Serial Number

The engine serial number tag (1) is located on the rightside of the engine.

1—Engine Serial Number Tag

TX1066441A

—UN—16OCT09

Keep Proof of Ownership1. Maintain in a secure location an up-to-date inventory

of all product and component serial numbers.2. Regularly verify that identification plates have not

been removed. Report any evidence of tampering tolaw enforcement agencies and order duplicate plates.

JOHN DEEREProduct Identification Number

DEERE & COMPANY MOLINE, ILLINOIS Made in USA

TX1066156—UN—15OCT09

Keep Machines Secure1. Install vandal-proof devices.2. When machine is in storage:

- Lower equipment to the ground- Remove any keys and batteries

3. When parking indoors, put large equipment in front ofexits and lock your storage buildings.

4. When parking outdoors, store in a well-lighted andfenced area.

5. Make note of suspicious activity and report any theftsimmediately to law enforcement agencies.

6. Notify your John Deere dealer of any losses.

4-5-1 071713

PN=161

Page 162: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Specifications

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000483 -19-06OCT09-1/2

326D Machine Dimensions

21

8

6

5 7

4

913 10

12

TX1065132—UN—28OCT09

3

11

TX1065133—UN—28OCT09

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Wherever applicable, specificationsare in accordance with ISO and SAE standards.

Except where otherwise noted, these specificationsare based on a machine equipped withstandard tires and bucket.

Item Measurement Specification

1—Overall Length(less bucket)

Length 2.99 m9 ft. 10 in.

2—Overall Length(with foundry bucket)

Length 3.60 m11 ft. 10 in.

2—Overall Length(with construction bucket)

Length 3.88 m12 ft. 9 in.

3—Overall Width(less bucket)

Width 1.84 m6 ft. 1 in.

4—Height to Top of ROPS Height 2.12 m6 ft. 11 in.

5—Height to Hinge Pin Height 3.18 m10 ft. 5 in.

6—Dump Height(with foundry bucket)

Height 2.54 m8 ft. 4 in.

6—Dump Height(with construction bucket)

Height 2.33 m7 ft. 8 in.

7—Dump Reach(with foundry bucket)

Reach 0.84 m2 ft. 9 in.

7—Dump Reach(with construction bucket)

Reach 1.02 m3 ft. 4 in.

8—Wheel Base Distance 1.23 m4 ft. 0 in.

9—Ground Clearance Height 0.25 m10 in.

4-6-1 071713

PN=162

Page 163: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Specifications

OUT4001,0000483 -19-06OCT09-2/2

OUT4001,0000484 -19-10NOV09-1/1

Item Measurement Specification

10—Angle of Departure Angle 28°

11—Front Turn Radius(with foundry bucket)

Distance 2.17 m7 ft. 1 in.

12—Dump Angle (full lift height) Angle 45°

13—Bucket Rollback (ground level) Angle 35°

Base Machine Operating Weight 3689 kg8125 lb

326D Machine SpecificationsItem Measurement Specification

John Deere PowerTech E™ 5030HT Non-Road Emission Standards Certified EPA InterimTier 4/Stage IIIB Emissions

Type 4-Stroke Cycle, Turbocharged,Liquid Cooled

Bore and Stroke 86 x 105 mm3.39 x 4.13 in.

Cylinders 5Displacement 3.0 L

186 cu in.Peak Net Horsepower 51.9 kw

70.0 hpCooling Fan Hydraulic Driven, Variable Speed Fan

DriveElectrical System 12 VoltBattery 150 Minutes Reserve CapacityOil Pan Size 0.19 L/kW

PowerTech E is a trademark of Deere & Company

4-6-2 071713

PN=163

Page 164: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Specifications

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000485 -19-06OCT09-1/2

328D Machine Dimensions

21

8

6

5 7

4

913 10

12

TX1065132—UN—28OCT09

3

11

TX1065133—UN—28OCT09

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Wherever applicable, specificationsare in accordance with ISO and SAE standards.

Except where otherwise noted, these specificationsare based on a machine equipped withstandard tires and bucket.

Item Measurement Specification

1—Overall Length(less bucket)

Length 2.99 m9 ft. 10 in.

2—Overall Length(with foundry bucket)

Length 3.60 m11 ft. 10 in.

2—Overall Length(with construction bucket)

Length 3.88 m12 ft. 9 in.

3—Overall Width(less bucket)

Width 1.95 m6 ft. 5 in.

4—Height to Top of ROPS Height 2.15 m7 ft. 1 in.

5—Height to Hinge Pin Height 3.21 m10 ft. 7 in.

6—Dump Height(with foundry bucket)

Height 2.57 m8 ft. 5 in.

6—Dump Height(with construction bucket)

Height 2.36 m7 ft. 9 in.

7—Dump Reach(with foundry bucket)

Reach 0.80 m2 ft. 7 in.

7—Dump Reach(with construction bucket)

Reach 0.98 m3 ft. 3 in.

8—Wheel Base Distance 1.23 m4 ft. 0 in.

9—Ground Clearance Height 0.30 m12 in.

4-6-3 071713

PN=164

Page 165: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Specifications

OUT4001,0000485 -19-06OCT09-2/2

OUT4001,0000486 -19-10NOV09-1/1

Item Measurement Specification

10—Angle of Departure Angle 31°

11—Front Turn Radius(with foundry bucket)

Distance 2.17 m7 ft. 1 in.

12—Dump Angle (full lift height) Angle 45°

13—Bucket Rollback (ground level) Angle 35°

Base Machine Operating Weight 3814 kg8400 lb

328D Machine SpecificationsItem Measurement Specification

John Deere PowerTech E™ 5030HT Non-Road Emission Standards Certified EPA Tier 3/Stage IIIAEmissions

Type 4-Stroke Cycle, Turbocharged,Liquid Cooled

Bore and Stroke 86 x 105 mm3.39 x 4.13 in.

Cylinders 5Displacement 3.0 L

186 cu in.Peak Net Horsepower 59.6 kw

80.0 hpCooling Fan Hydraulic Driven, Variable Speed Fan

DriveElectrical System 12 VoltBattery 150 Minutes Reserve CapacityOil Pan Size 0.17 L/kW

PowerTech E is a trademark of Deere & Company

4-6-4 071713

PN=165

Page 166: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Specifications

Continued on next page OUT4001,0000485 -19-06OCT09-1/2

332D Machine Dimensions

21

8

6

5 7

4

913 10

12

TX1065132—UN—28OCT09

3

11

TX1065133—UN—28OCT09

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Wherever applicable, specificationsare in accordance with ISO and SAE standards.

Except where otherwise noted, these specificationsare based on a machine equipped withstandard tires and bucket.

Item Measurement Specification

1—Overall Length(less bucket)

Length 2.99 m9 ft. 10 in.

2—Overall Length(with foundry bucket)

Length 3.60 m11 ft. 10 in.

2—Overall Length(with construction bucket)

Length 3.88 m12 ft. 9 in.

3—Overall Width(less bucket)

Width 1.99 m6 ft. 6 in.

4—Height to Top of ROPS Height 2.15 m7 ft. 1 in.

5—Height to Hinge Pin Height 3.23 m10 ft. 7 in.

6—Dump Height(with foundry bucket)

Height 2.59 m8 ft. 6 in.

6—Dump Height(with construction bucket)

Height 2.38 m7 ft. 10 in.

7—Dump Reach(with foundry bucket)

Reach 0.80 m2 ft. 8 in.

7—Dump Reach(with construction bucket)

Reach 0.98 m3 ft. 3 in.

8—Wheel Base Distance 1.23 m4 ft. 0 in.

9—Ground Clearance Height 0.28 m11 in.

4-6-5 071713

PN=166

Page 167: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Specifications

OUT4001,0000485 -19-06OCT09-2/2

OUT4001,0000486 -19-10NOV09-1/1

OUT4001,0000487 -19-05NOV09-1/1

Item Measurement Specification

10—Angle of Departure Angle 31°

11—Front Turn Radius(with foundry bucket)

Distance 2.17 m7 ft. 1 in.

12—Dump Angle (full lift height) Angle 45°

13—Bucket Rollback (ground level) Angle 35°

Base Machine Operating Weight 4163 kg9170 lb

332D Machine SpecificationsItem Measurement Specification

John Deere PowerTech E™ 5030HT Non-Road Emission Standards Certified EPA Tier 3/Stage IIIAEmissions

Type 4-Stroke Cycle, Turbocharged,Liquid Cooled

Bore and Stroke 86 x 105 mm3.39 x 4.13 in.

Cylinders 5Displacement 3.0 L

186 cu in.Peak Net Horsepower 66.7 kw

89.0 hpCooling Fan Hydraulic Driven, Variable Speed Fan

DriveElectrical System 12 VoltBattery 150 Minutes Reserve CapacityOil Pan Size 0.15 L/kW

PowerTech E is a trademark of Deere & Company

326D and 328D Drain and Refill CapacitiesItem Measurement Specification

Fuel Tank Capacity 111.0 L29.0 gal

Cooling System Capacity 10.0 L2.6 gal

Engine Oil (including filter) Capacity 12.3 L3.25 gal

Hydraulic Tank Capacity 33.1 L8.75 gal

Chain Case (per side) Capacity 18.2 L4.8 gal

4-6-6 071713

PN=167

Page 168: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Miscellaneous—Specifications

OUT4001,0000488 -19-05NOV09-1/1

OUT4001,0000490 -19-28SEP09-1/1

OUT4001,00004DB -19-27OCT09-1/1

332D Drain and Refill CapacitiesItem Measurement Specification

Fuel Tank Capacity 111.0 L29.0 gal

Cooling System Capacity 10.0 L2.6 gal

Engine Oil (including filter) Capacity 12.3 L3.25 gal

Hydraulic Tank Capacity 33.1 L8.75 gal

Chain Case (per side) Capacity 23.8 L6.3 gal

Rated Operating CapacitySAE Rated Operating Capacity

Model Weight

326D 1180 kg(2600 lb)

328D 1271 kg(2800 lb)

332D 1453 kg(3200 lb)

Pallet Fork Lift ChartPallet Fork Lift Chart

Pallet Fork 326D (withoutcounterweights)

326D (withcounterweights)*

328D (withoutcounterweights)

328D (withcounterweights)*

332D (withoutcounterweights)

332D (withcounterweights)*

1070 mm(42 in.)

816 kg(1799 lb)

864 kg(1903 lb)

908 kg(1997 lb)

953 kg(2101 lb)

1038 kg(2287 lb)

1084 kg(2391 lb)

1220 mm(48 in.)

775 kg(1709 lb)

821 kg(1809 lb)

861 kg(1898 lb)

907 kg(1998 lb)

987 kg(2176 lb)

1032 kg(2276 lb)

1220 mm(48 in.)Heavy Duty

755 kg(1665 lb)

800 kg(1765 lb)

841 kg(1855 lb)

887 kg(1954 lb)

968 kg(2132 lb)

1013 kg(2232 lb)

Rating based on SAE J1197. Load at 50% tipping capacity and 50% of fork length and fork height giving maximum reach.* Measurements given include a total of six counterweights weighing 234 kg (516 lb).

4-6-7 071713

PN=168

Page 169: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Index

Page

A

Acid burns.................................................................. 4-1-2Air conditioner condenserInspect and clean................................................... 3-3-1

Air conditioner controls ............................................ 2-1-18Air conditioner switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Alternator ................................................................... 4-1-1Anti-theft security systemChanging operator security code........................... 2-1-9Changing owner security code............................... 2-1-9Changing system security code length ................ 2-1-10Locking the machine.............................................. 2-1-8Operation ............................................................... 2-1-8Overview................................................................ 2-1-6Reseting operator security code ............................ 2-1-9Reseting owner security code................................ 2-1-9Selecting the locking method................................. 2-1-9Unlocking the machine........................................... 2-1-8

Attachment mounting systemElectric Quik-Tatch............................................... 2-2-24Manual Quik-Tatch............................................... 2-2-23

AttachmentsAdding safely ......................................................... 1-3-4Installing............................................................... 2-2-23Operating safely..................................................... 1-3-4Removing............................................................. 2-2-23

Auto idleOperation ............................................................. 2-2-27

Auto shutdown......................................................... 2-1-12Auxiliary fourth function switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Auxiliary fuel filter and water separatorCheck..................................................................... 3-4-3Replace.................................................................. 3-8-3

Auxiliary hydraulic override switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Auxiliary hydraulicsEH controls .......................................................... 2-2-18Manual controls.................................................... 2-2-18Operation ............................................................. 2-2-18

B

Backover accidentsAvoiding ................................................................. 1-3-2

BatteriesBoost starting......................................................... 4-1-5Using battery charger............................................. 4-1-5

BatteryAcid burns.............................................................. 4-1-2Electrolyte level check ........................................... 4-1-2Explosion ............................................................... 4-1-2Handling, checking, and servicing ......................... 4-1-4Remove and install ................................................ 4-1-6Replacement.......................................................... 4-1-6

Page

Specification........................................................... 4-1-6Terminals................................................................ 4-1-2

Battery electrolyte levelChecking................................................................ 4-1-2

Beacon (if equipped)Operator's station................................................. 2-1-21

Before starting work................................................... 2-2-1BeltReplacement........................................................ 4-1-10

Blower speed dialFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Bolt and screw torque valuesMetric ................................................................... 4-1-14Unified inch .......................................................... 4-1-13

BoomLocking and unlocking ........................................... 2-2-6

Boom and bucket linkageAdjustingHands only machines....................................... 4-1-10

Boom and bucket speed settings (ifequipped)Precision .............................................................. 2-2-27Production............................................................ 2-2-27Utility .................................................................... 2-2-27

Boom lock.................................................................. 2-2-6Boom lock lever ......................................................... 2-2-6Boom operationEH controlsH pattern........................................................... 2-2-14ISO pattern ....................................................... 2-2-14

Manual controlsHand and foot machines .................................... 2-2-9Hands only machines......................................... 2-2-9

Boom releaseEH machine ........................................................... 2-2-7Engine stalled ........................................................ 2-2-7Location ................................................................. 2-2-7Manual machine..................................................... 2-2-7

Break-in engine oil..................................................... 3-1-6Break-in period .......................................................... 2-2-3Breather elememtReplace.................................................................. 3-8-5

Bucket operationEH controlsH pattern........................................................... 2-2-16ISO pattern ....................................................... 2-2-16

Manual controlsHand and foot machines .................................. 2-2-11Hands only machines....................................... 2-2-11

BulbsRemove and install ................................................ 4-1-8

C

Cab door.................................................................. 2-1-13Safety precautions ................................................. 1-4-3

Continued on next page

Index-1 071713

PN=1

Page 170: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Index

Page

Cab door switchIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Cab fresh air filterCheck and clean .................................................... 3-3-4

Cab temperature control dialFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

CapacitiesDrain and refill322D................................................................... 4-6-7326D and 328D .................................................. 4-6-6

Chain caseOil change.............................................................. 3-9-5Oil level check........................................................ 3-8-7Oil specification.................................................... 3-1-16

Charge air coolerInspect and clean................................................... 3-3-1

Cold weather starting................................................. 2-2-4Conformity marking ........................................................ -2Conformity symbol.......................................................... -2Control leversButtons................................................................... 2-1-1

Control panelAir conditioner switch ............................................. 2-1-3Auxiliary fourth function switch............................... 2-1-3Auxiliary hydraulic override switch ......................... 2-1-3Blower speed dial................................................... 2-1-3Cab temperature control dial.................................. 2-1-3Creep mode switch ................................................ 2-1-3Dual flasher switch................................................. 2-1-3Engine speed control dial....................................... 2-1-3High flow switch ..................................................... 2-1-3Key switch.............................................................. 2-1-3Park brake switch................................................... 2-1-3Pattern select switch .............................................. 2-1-3Quik-tatch switch.................................................... 2-1-3Reversing fan switch.............................................. 2-1-3Self leveling switch................................................. 2-1-3Water-in-fuel (WIF) indicator.................................. 2-1-3Work lights switch .................................................. 2-1-3

Control panel functions.............................................. 2-1-4ControlsBoom and bucket ................................................... 2-1-1EH options ............................................................. 2-1-1Auxiliary flow set switch...................................... 2-1-1Auxiliary proportional switch............................... 2-1-1Auxiliary second function A switch ..................... 2-1-1Auxiliary second function B switch ..................... 2-1-1Auxiliary third function A switch.......................... 2-1-1Auxiliary third function B switch.......................... 2-1-1Float switch ........................................................ 2-1-1Horn (if equipped)............................................... 2-1-1Two speed switch (if equipped) .......................... 2-1-1

Manual options....................................................... 2-1-1Auxiliary flow set switch...................................... 2-1-1Auxiliary proportional switch............................... 2-1-1Auxiliary second function A switch (if equipped).. 2-1-1Auxiliary second function B switch (if equipped).. 2-1-1Auxiliary third function A switch (if equipped)..... 2-1-1

Page

Auxiliary third function B switch (if equipped)..... 2-1-1Horn (if equipped)............................................... 2-1-1Two speed switch (if equipped) .......................... 2-1-1

CoolantAdd coolant extender ...................................3-3-5, 3-9-1Additional information .......................................... 3-1-14Check...........................................................3-3-5, 3-9-1Diesel engineLight duty.......................................................... 3-1-11

Heater .................................................................... 2-2-4John Deere Cool-Gard II Coolant Extender ......... 3-1-12Sample................................................................... 3-8-7Supplemental additives........................................ 3-1-12Test ..............................................................3-3-5, 3-9-1Testing.................................................................. 3-1-15Warm temperature climates.......................3-1-6, 3-1-13

CoolingSystem drain ........................................................ 3-10-1

Cooling systemFilling.................................................................... 3-10-2Flushing'............................................................... 3-10-2

CounterweightsInstall...................................................................... 4-1-9

Creep modeOperation ............................................................. 2-2-26

Creep mode switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Cylinder ..................................................................... 4-1-1

D

Daily machine check.................................................. 2-2-1Diagnostic trouble codesEngagement and monitor unit.............................. 2-1-11

Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)Reading................................................................ 2-1-11

Diesel fuel........................................................3-1-1, 3-1-3Sample................................................................... 3-8-7

Diesel fuel, testingTesting Diesel Fuel................................................. 3-1-4

Dome light ............................................................... 2-1-20Drain Intervals for Diesel Engine CoolantDiesel Engine Coolant, Drain Intervals ................ 3-1-11

Dual flasher switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

E

EH controlsH patternBoom operation................................................ 2-2-14Bucket operation .............................................. 2-2-16

ISO patternBoom operation................................................ 2-2-14Bucket operation .............................................. 2-2-16

ElectricalTroubleshooting ..................................................... 4-3-2

Continued on next page

Index-2 071713

PN=2

Page 171: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Index

Page

EMUAnti-theft security system....................................... 2-1-8Display messges.................................................... 2-1-7Operation ............................................................... 2-1-6

Engagement and monitor unit (EMU)Anti-theft security system....................................... 2-1-8Display messages.................................................. 2-1-7Operation ............................................................... 2-1-6

EngineBreak-in period....................................................... 2-2-3Cold start................................................................ 2-2-4Oil change....................................................3-6-1, 3-8-1Oil filter change............................................3-6-1, 3-8-1Oil level check........................................................ 3-4-1Oil specificationTier 3 and Stage III A ......................................... 3-1-9

Starting................................................................... 2-2-3Stopping................................................................. 2-2-5Troubleshooting ..................................................... 4-3-1

Engine air filter restrictionIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Engine block heater................................................... 2-2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge ......................... 2-1-11Engine coverOpening and closing .............................................. 3-2-4

Engine low oil pressureIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Engine oilBreak-In ................................................................. 3-1-6Sample................................................................... 3-7-1

Engine oil and filter service intervals .............3-1-8, 3-1-10Engine serial number................................................. 4-5-1Engine side panelsRemove and install ................................................ 3-2-4

Engine specifications326D ...................................................................... 4-6-2328D ...................................................................... 4-6-4332D ...................................................................... 4-6-6

Engine speed controlDial......................................................................... 2-2-5Pedal...................................................................... 2-2-5

Engine speed control dial .......................................... 2-1-1Function ................................................................. 2-1-4

Engine speed control pedal ....................................... 2-1-1EnginelOil specificationIT4 and Stage III B ............................................. 3-1-7

Entering skid steer..................................................... 2-2-2Exiting skid steer ....................................................... 2-2-2

F

Filling cooling system .............................................. 3-10-2FilterCab fresh airClean.................................................................. 3-3-4

Engine oil .....................................................3-6-1, 3-8-1Hydraulic oil ........................................................... 3-8-5

Page

Primary engine air.................................................. 3-8-4Recirculation airClean.................................................................. 3-3-4

Secondary engine air ............................................. 3-9-2Fire extinguisherLocation ............................................................... 2-1-17

Fire prevention........................................................... 1-2-4Fluid analysis test kit ................................................. 3-2-6Flushing cooling system .......................................... 3-10-2Foot pedalsAdjusting angle position ....................................... 4-1-11Hand and foot machine only .................................. 2-1-1

FootwellRemoval................................................................. 3-2-6

FuelDiesel ...........................................................3-1-1, 3-1-3Handling and storing.............................................. 3-1-2Lubricity.................................................................. 3-1-1

Fuel filterIn-line ..................................................................... 3-8-3

Fuel filter and water separatorReplace.................................................................. 3-8-2

Fuel gauge............................................................... 2-1-11Fuel tank.................................................................... 3-2-1Fuel tank sumpDrain ...................................................................... 3-8-6

Fuel tank vent tubeInspect and clean................................................... 3-3-4

FunctionsControl panel.......................................................... 2-1-4

FusesDesignations ........................................................ 4-1-11Glow plugDesignation ...................................................... 4-1-12Location............................................................ 4-1-12

Location ............................................................... 4-1-11

G

Gauge and indicator lightFunctions ............................................................. 2-1-12

Gauge functions ...................................................... 2-1-12Gauges.................................................................... 2-1-11Glow plugIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Grease..................................................................... 3-1-16

H

Halogen bulbsRemove and install ................................................ 4-1-8

Handhold use ............................................................ 1-3-1Hardware torque valuesMetric ................................................................... 4-1-14Unified inch .......................................................... 4-1-13

HazardsAvoiding ................................................................. 1-3-2

Continued on next page

Index-3 071713

PN=3

Page 172: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Index

Page

HeaterCoolant................................................................... 2-2-4

Heater controls ........................................................ 2-1-18High flow hydraulics (if equipped)............................ 2-2-25High flow switch....................................................... 2-2-25Function ................................................................. 2-1-4

High-pressure oilsAvoid ...................................................................... 1-2-3

Horn button.............................................................. 2-1-21HydraulicOil change.............................................................. 3-9-4Oil filter replace...................................................... 3-8-5Oil level check........................................................ 3-4-1Oil specification.................................................... 3-1-15Oil tank breather element replace.......................... 3-8-5System, pressure release .................................... 2-2-21Troubleshooting ..................................................... 4-3-3

Hydraulic oil coolerInspect and clean................................................... 3-3-1

Hydraulic oil filter restrictionIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Hydraulic oil temperatureIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

HydraulicsEH controls .......................................................... 2-2-21Manual controls.................................................... 2-2-21

Hydraulics OffIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

HydrostaticOil specification.................................................... 3-1-15

I

In-line fuel filterReplace.................................................................. 3-8-3

IndicatorCab door switch ................................................... 2-1-11Engine air filter restriction .................................... 2-1-11Engine low oil pressure........................................ 2-1-11Glow plug............................................................. 2-1-11Hydraulic oil filter restriction ................................. 2-1-11Hydraulic oil temperature ..................................... 2-1-11Hydraulics OFF.................................................... 2-1-11Low alternator or battery voltage ......................... 2-1-11Seat belt switch.................................................... 2-1-11Seat switch........................................................... 2-1-11STOP ................................................................... 2-1-11Two speed............................................................ 2-1-11

Indicator light functions............................................ 2-1-12Indicator lights ......................................................... 2-1-11Interlocking seat barFunction ............................................................... 2-1-13

J

JoysticksButtons................................................................... 2-1-1

Page

K

Key switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Key switch off, engine off checks .............................. 4-2-1Key switch on, engine off checks .............................. 4-2-1Key switch on, engine on checks .............................. 4-2-3

L

Lift chartPallet fork ............................................................... 4-6-7

Low alternator or battery voltageIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Lubricants, SafetySafety, Lubricants .................................................. 3-1-6

LubricateBoom linkage ......................................................... 3-5-1Cylinder pivot points............................................... 3-5-1QUIK-TATCH linkage ............................................. 3-5-1Steering linkage ..................................................... 3-8-6

Lubricity of diesel fuel ................................................ 3-1-1

M

MachineBlocking location.................................................... 3-2-2Lifting area ............................................................. 3-2-2Raising and blocking.............................................. 3-2-2Service................................................................... 3-2-1Trailer loading ...................................................... 2-2-28

Machine dimensions326D ...................................................................... 4-6-1328D ...................................................................... 4-6-3332D ...................................................................... 4-6-5

Machine modificationsAvoid ...................................................................... 1-2-2

Machine movementUnintended............................................................. 1-3-1

Machine specifications326D ...................................................................... 4-6-2328D ...................................................................... 4-6-4332D ...................................................................... 4-6-6

Machine tip overAvoiding ................................................................. 1-3-3

Machine,inspect......................................................... 1-2-2MaintenanceRequired parts ....................................................... 3-2-8Schedule and record.............................................. 3-2-7

Manual controlsHand and foot machinesBoom operation.................................................. 2-2-9Bucket operation .............................................. 2-2-11

Hands only machinesBoom operation.................................................. 2-2-9Bucket operation .............................................. 2-2-11

Continued on next page

Index-4 071713

PN=4

Page 173: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Index

Page

MENU button........................................................... 2-1-11Metric bolt and screw torque values ........................ 4-1-14Motor ......................................................................... 4-1-1Moving partsSafety..................................................................... 1-2-2Servicing ................................................................ 1-2-2

O

OilEngine change.............................................3-6-1, 3-8-1Engine sample ....................................................... 3-7-1Hydraulic .............................................................. 3-1-15Hydraulic change ................................................... 3-9-4Hydraulic sample ................................................... 3-8-7Hydrostatic ........................................................... 3-1-15Level check hydraulic............................................. 3-4-1Level check, engine ............................................... 3-4-1Specification chain case ...................................... 3-1-16

Oil coolerInspect and clean................................................... 3-3-1

Oil, engineIT4 and Stage III B................................................. 3-1-7Tier 3 and Stage III A ............................................. 3-1-9

Operating capacity weights ....................................... 4-6-7OperationAuto idle ............................................................... 2-2-27Creep mode (if equipped) .................................... 2-2-26

Operation qualification............................................... 1-2-1Operational checkAir conditioning and heating system ...................... 4-2-9Auxiliary hydraulic override .................................... 4-2-8Back-up alarm........................................................ 4-2-5Boom downCylinder drift ....................................................... 4-2-5

Boom down drift ..................................................... 4-2-5Boom enable.......................................................... 4-2-4Boom upCylinder drift ....................................................... 4-2-6

Boom up drift.......................................................... 4-2-6Bucket curlCylinder drift ....................................................... 4-2-8

Bucket curl drift ...................................................... 4-2-8Bucket dumpCylinder drift ....................................................... 4-2-7

Bucket dump drift ................................................... 4-2-7Bucket enable ........................................................ 4-2-4Cycle times326D................................................................... 4-2-9328D................................................................. 4-2-10332D................................................................. 4-2-10

Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) ........................... 4-2-1Electric Quik-Tatch................................................. 4-2-4Engine idle ............................................................. 4-2-3Engine speed......................................................... 4-2-4Engine start............................................................ 4-2-3Heating and air conditioning system...................... 4-2-9Horn circuit............................................................. 4-2-2

Page

Hydraulic control enable ........................................ 4-2-4Indicators and gaugesKey off ................................................................ 4-2-1Key on ................................................................ 4-2-2

Key switch off, engine off checks........................... 4-2-1Key switch on, engine off checks........................... 4-2-1Key switch on, engine on....................................... 4-2-3Lights circuit ........................................................... 4-2-2Mistracking............................................................. 4-2-5Monitor and gauge circuitKey off ................................................................ 4-2-1Key on ................................................................ 4-2-2

Reverse alarm........................................................ 4-2-5Self leveling valve .................................................. 4-2-9Steering mistracking .............................................. 4-2-5Tail lights ................................................................ 4-2-2Windshied wiper circuit .......................................... 4-2-3Windshield washer circuit ...................................... 4-2-3Work lights ............................................................. 4-2-2

Operator convenience ............................................... 1-1-1Operator's stationBeacon light ......................................................... 2-1-21Raising and lowering.............................................. 3-2-3

P

Pallet fork lift chart ..................................................... 4-6-7Park brakeIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Park brake switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Pattern select switch.................................................. 2-1-1Function ................................................................. 2-1-4

PedalsHand and foot machine only .................................. 2-1-1

Pilot control shutoff lever ........................................... 1-3-1Pins, metalDrive safely ............................................................ 1-4-2

Power outlet............................................................. 2-1-18Pre-start inspection.................................................... 2-2-1Pressure releaseHydraulic system.................................................. 2-2-21

Primary engine air filterReplace.................................................................. 3-8-4

Product identification number .................................... 4-5-1PumpService................................................................... 4-1-1

Q

Quik-TatchElectric ................................................................. 2-2-24Manual ................................................................. 2-2-23Switch function....................................................... 2-1-4

Continued on next page

Index-5 071713

PN=5

Page 174: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Index

Page

R

RadiatorCoolant level check................................................ 3-4-2Inspect and clean................................................... 3-3-1

Rated operating capacity........................................... 4-6-7Rear window............................................................ 2-1-17Recirculation air filterCheck and clean .................................................... 3-3-4

RecognizeSafety, information ................................................. 1-2-1

Regulator ................................................................... 4-1-1Reversing fan switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Riding machine.......................................................... 1-3-2

S

SafetyClean debris from machine.................................... 1-2-6Operator's seat ...................................................... 1-3-1Park and prepare for service safely ....................... 1-4-1Protective equipment ............................................. 1-2-2

Safety features .......................................................... 1-1-1Safety signs............................................................... 1-5-2Safety, Avoid High-Pressure FluidsAvoid High-Pressure Fluids ................................... 1-2-3

Safety, informationRecognize.............................................................. 1-2-1

SeatAdjustment ........................................................... 2-1-19Air suspension ..................................................... 2-1-19Mechanical suspension........................................ 2-1-19Standard .............................................................. 2-1-19

Seat beltUse and maintenance............................................ 1-3-1

Seat belt switchIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Seat switchIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Secondary engine air filterReplace.................................................................. 3-9-2

Secondary exitRear window ........................................................ 2-1-17

Security systemChanging operator security code........................... 2-1-9Changing owner security code............................... 2-1-9Changing system security code length ................ 2-1-10Locking the machine.............................................. 2-1-8Reseting operator security code ............................ 2-1-9Reseting owner security code................................ 2-1-9Selecting the locking method................................. 2-1-9Unlocking the machine........................................... 2-1-8

SELECT button........................................................ 2-1-11Self leveling (if equipped) ........................................ 2-2-25Self leveling switch .................................................. 2-2-25Function ................................................................. 2-1-4

Page

Serial numberEngine.................................................................... 4-5-1

ServiceMachine ................................................................. 3-2-1

Service ADVISOR connector................................... 2-1-18Side windowsOpening and closing ............................................ 2-1-16Removing and installing....................................... 2-1-16

SignsSafety..................................................................... 1-5-2

Skid steerEntering.................................................................. 2-2-2Exiting .................................................................... 2-2-2

SlopesOperation on .......................................................... 1-3-3

SpecificationChain case oil ...................................................... 3-1-16Hardware torque .................................................. 4-1-13

StartingCold weather.......................................................... 2-2-4Engine.................................................................... 2-2-3

SteeringEH joysticksH pattern........................................................... 2-2-12ISO pattern ....................................................... 2-2-12

Manual control levers............................................. 2-2-8Steering Centering MechanismLubricate ................................................................ 3-3-6

Steering linkageLubricate ................................................................ 3-8-6

Steps use................................................................... 1-3-1STOPIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

StoppingEngine.................................................................... 2-2-5

StorageMachine ................................................................. 4-4-1Monthly .................................................................. 4-4-2

Storing fuel ................................................................ 3-1-2

T

Tie down locations................................................... 2-2-28Tip overAvoiding ................................................................. 1-3-3

TiresCheck pressure...................................................... 3-3-2

Top window.............................................................. 2-1-17Torque chartsMetric ................................................................... 4-1-14Unified inch .......................................................... 4-1-13

Transporting machine.............................................. 2-2-28Troubleshooting procedure........................................ 4-3-1Two speedIndicator ............................................................... 2-1-11

Continued on next page

Index-6 071713

PN=6

Page 175: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Index

Page

U

Unified inch bolt and screw torque values ............... 4-1-13

V

ValveControl ................................................................... 4-1-1

W

WarrantyNon-road emissions control warrantystatement--compression ignitionCARB ...................................................................... -5EPA ......................................................................... -3

Water separatorFuel filter ................................................................ 3-8-2

Water separator fuel filterDrain ...................................................................... 3-4-2

Page

"Water-in-fuel indicator""Function"............................................................... 2-1-4

WeightsOperating capacity ................................................. 4-6-7

Welding...................................................................... 4-1-7Welding repairsMake safely............................................................ 1-4-2

WheelLug nut torque check ............................................. 3-3-3

WindowRear ..................................................................... 2-1-17Sides.................................................................... 2-1-16Top ....................................................................... 2-1-17

Wiper assembly ....................................................... 2-1-13Work lightsRemove and install halogen bulbs ......................... 4-1-8

Work lights switchFunction ................................................................. 2-1-4

Work site hazardsAvoid ...................................................................... 1-3-2

Index-7 071713

PN=7

Page 176: 326D, 328D, and 332DSkid Steer Loader - John Deere Manual · 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader *OMT253018* OPERATOR'SMANUAL 326D,328D,and332D SkidSteerLoader OMT253018ISSUEG3 (ENGLISH)

Index

Index-8 071713

PN=8